中考英语阅读理解话题分类练习(含答案)

中考英语阅读理解——说明文 ............................................................................. 2

中考英语阅读理解——日常生活类 ................................................................... 26

中考英语阅读理解——人生百味类 ................................................................... 49

中考英语阅读理解——科普环保类 ................................................................... 72

中考英语阅读理解——广告布告类 ................................................................... 97

中考英语阅读理解——政治经济文化类 ........................................................ 119

中考英语阅读理解——社会现象类 ................................................................. 144

中考英语阅读理解——健康保健类 ................................................................. 170

中考英语阅读理解——社会历史类 ................................................................. 193

中考英语阅读理解——新闻报道类 ................................................................. 217

第 1 页 共 240 页

中考英语阅读理解集练——说明文

1、Reading books is a good hobby for all kinds of reasons. First, reading books is fun. You can always keep yourself happy if you like reading. This is especially useful when the weather is bad. It is a relaxing hobby, too. You can really become lost in a book.

Next, you can read a book anywhere: in a car, in a waiting-room, on a plane or in bed. All you need is a book! Reading is a convenient hobby as it is easy to stop and then start again. Another good reason for reading books is that it is useful. If you read as a hobby you will get better and better at it. This makes you read faster and become easier at understanding what you read. If you read enough, you will probably find that your schoolwork becomes much better.

Some people say that reading is out of date. This is not true. You can read on computers and, the more you read, the better your computer skills will be.

Good readers are most likely to be good writers, too. They are usually good at spelling as well, and have more things to write about. Reading books is a wonderful hobby. Why not start reading right now? 【小题1】The passage mainly tells us______. A. the best place to read books B. how to read books

C. why reading is a good hobby

【小题2】What does the underlined word“convenient”mean in Chinese? A. 复杂的 B. 方便的 C. 流行的 【小题3】Which of the following is true? A. Reading books is bad for school work. B. Reading books helps you study better.

【小题4】What will you be if you are a good reader according to the last paragraph? A. A writer. B. A worker. C. A doctor. 【小题5】The passage suggests us______. A. not reading too much B. reading right now C. becoming a writer

2、Reading is the key to school success and , like any skill, it takes practice. A child learns to walk by practicing until he no longer has to think about how to put one foot in front of the other. An excellent

第 2 页 共 240 页

sportsman practices until he can play quickly, correctly and without thinking. Educators call it “automaticity (自动性)”

A child learns to read by sounding out the letters and finding the meaning of the words. With practice, he stumbles less and less, reading by the phrases(短语). With automaticity, he doesn’t have to think about the meaning of words, so he can give all his attention to the meaning of the text.

It can begin as early as first grade. In a recent study of children in Illinois schools, Alan Rossman of Northwestern University found that automatic readers in the first grade not only read almost three times as fast as the others, but also got better results in exams.

According to Rossman, the key to automaticity is the amount(数量) of time that a child spends reading ,not his IQ. Any child who spends at least 3.5 to 4 hours a week reading books, magazines or newspapers will probably reach automaticity . It can happen if a child turns off TV just one night for reading at home.

You can test yourself by reading something new which is suitable for your level. If you read aloud with expression, with a sense of the meaning of the sentence, you probably are an automatic reader. If you read brokenly, one word at a time, without expression or meaning, you need more practice.

【小题1】The sentence “Reading is the key to school success” means that reading___________. A．helps school develop faster B．is the key to a successful school C．helps students go to a key school D．can improve students’ learning results

【小题2】Rossman tells that any child who _____________ will probably be an automatic reader. A．turns off TV one night 4 weeks B．reads books by the word quickly C．spends an hour reading every day D．gets the same grades as others in exams

【小题3】The underlined word “stumbles” in the passage means “_____________” in Chinese. A．结结巴巴地读 B．全神贯注地读 C．心不在焉地读 D．声情并茂地读

【小题4】The best title for the passage should be “ ______________________”. A．IQ Is the Key to the Automaticity B．TV Is Bad for Children’s Reading C．Automaticity Depends on Practice

第 3 页 共 240 页

D．Automatic readers Will Be Successful

3、任务型阅读 阅读下面短文内容，完成表格。 Some Advice on Safety

Always play in a safe place. A park is a safe place because there is no cars or trucks. But do not talk to strangers. Never go with a stranger into a car.

Before crossing the road, stop and look both ways. Look left, look right and look left again.

Keep away from houses or buildings that are being built or knocked down. Something might fall on your head, or you might cut yourself on broken glass.

Medicines or pills can be dangerous. Never swallow(吞下) any pills or medicines you find in the cupboard. Don’t swim in the pool or river without adults. Wear a life jacket whenever you go out in a boat. Even if you are not in the open sea and the water is not deep, you should have your life jacket on. It's easy to fall out of a boat.

Do not put your head out of a car, bus or train. Many children have been killed by doing this. 【小题1】________________ Advice When or where Play in a safe place When crossing a road Houses or buildings being built or knocked down Medicines or pills In a 【小题4】_____________ On a bus, car or train

4、Can dolphins talk? Maybe they can’t talk with words, but they talk with sounds. They show their feelings with sounds.

Dolphins travel in a group. We call a group of fish“a school(一群)。” They don’t study, but they travel together. Dolphins are mammals(哺乳动物)，not fish, but they swim together like fish in a school. Dolphins talk to the other dolphins in the school. They give information. They tell when they are happy

第 4 页 共 240 页

How to do Play in a park. Never talk to 【小题2】 _________ or go with them. Stop and look 【小题3】_________________. Stay away. Never swallow any medicines without a doctor's advice. Wear a life jacket. Never put 【小题5】 ___________ out of them. or sad or afraid. They say” welcome” when a dolphin comes back to the school. They talk when they play. They make a few sounds above water. They make many more sounds under water. People cannot hear these sounds because they are very, very high. Scientists make tapes of the sounds and study them.

Sometimes people catch a dolphin for a large aquarium(水族馆). People can watch the dolphins in a show. Dolphins don’t like to be away from their school in an aquarium. They are sad and lonely.

There are many stories about dolphins. They help people. Sometimes they save somebody’s life. Dolphins’ meat is good, but people don’t like to kill them. They say that dolphins bring good luck. Many people believe this.

【小题1】The word“school”means . A．a place for students to study B．a special kind of animals C．a group of fish traveling together D．a place for training dolphins

【小题2】A dolphin makes a sound to . A．show other dolphins they are happy B．tell other dolphins they are sad C．let people know they are afraid D．give information to other dolphins

【小题3】People can’t hear dolphins’ sounds under the water . A．because they are very, very low B．because they are very, very high C．because they only make a few sounds D．because they want to keep it as a secret 【小题4】Dolphins would like to . A．study at schools B．be away from their schools C．stay with other dolphins D．be in shows 【小题5】The best title for this passage is . A．The Dolphin B．Schools of Dolphins C．Dolphin’s Talk D．Man’s Friend

5、The city of Yangzhou came into being at the Spring and Autumn Period ( about 500 AC ).As the key transportation link at joint (连接处) place of the Great Canal（运河）( Beijing-Hangzhou) and Changjiang

第 5 页 共 240 页

(Yangtze River), Yangzhou has been from the Sui Dynasty (600 AD.) an economically rich city, and then reached its top in the Tang Dynasty. At that time, Yangzhou was a famous port and one of few biggest cities in East Asia.

With the improvement of the local economy and easy transportation way, there happened in the history a special local culture, which has an important place in Chinese culture. Many famous men of letters, poets, artists, scholars (学者), statesmen, scientists and national heroes in the history were born in, lived in or had connection with Yangzhou. Li Bai, one of the greatest Chinese poets visited and stayed in Yangzhou several times in his life and one of his famous poems about Yangzhou has been so popular that Chinese of all ages can sing it and has become a symbol of Yangzhou . Zheng Banqiao, a famous Chinese painting painter in the Qing Dynasty heading a group called “Eight Eccentrics”, had strongly influenced Chinese paintings. Wang Zhong and Yuan Yuan and some other scholars formed school of Yangzhou Scholars and achieved great success in the study of classic Chinese and writing. Zhu Ziqing, one of most famous modern Chinese writers and scholars, had always been proud of himself as a native of Yangzhou and thanked the city for being nourished (养育) by its rich culture. Quite a few other names you may come across frequently (频繁地) in the study of Chinese culture and history have connection with Yangzhou. Yangzhou was so attractive and important that many Chinese emperors in history had come specially to visit or check the city. Emperor Suiyang, who ordered to cut the Great Canal so that he could come more easily and quickly, died on his last trip to the city and buried (埋葬) here. Emperor Qianlong had come all the way from the north and visited the city nine times.

【小题1】Which of following sentences is NOT right according to this passage? A．Yangzhou joined the Great Canal (Beijing-Hangzhou) and Changjiang (Yangtze River). B．In the Tang Dynasty Yangzhou was a famous port and one of few biggest cities in Asia. C．Emperor Suiyang was buried in Yangzhou. D．Emperor Qianlong visited Yangzhou nine times.

【小题2】We can infer（推断）the poem mentioned in this passage by Li Bai is _______. A．《黄鹤楼送孟浩然之广陵》 B．《望庐山瀑布》 C．《静夜思》 D．《赠汪伦》

【小题3】Who influenced Chinese paintings a lot according to this passage? A．Zheng Banqiao B．Zhu Ziqing C．Wang Zhong

D．Li Bai

【小题4】What’s the best title of the passage? A．Yangzhou：An Economically Rich City

第 6 页 共 240 页

B．Yangzhou：An Easy Transportation City C．Yangzhou：A Historical Culture City D．Yangzhou：A Famous Tour City

6、We have always been interested in the moon.2000 years ago people already knew it moved around the earth and where it would be in the sky at different times of the year.At that time, everything about the moon was learned by watching it carefully in the sky.

When scientists could use telescopes to study the moon more closely, their ideas began to change.They could see the moon was made of rocks.Most scientists thought moon rocks would be different from those on Earth.This was because they believed the moon had once been a planet that had been caught in the earth's gravity (引力) millions of years earlier.

In 1969 moon rocks were finally brought to the earth and studied.Much to their surprise, scientists found that, except for water, the moon and the earth were made of the same things.Once again new ideas were needed for this new information.

After years of study, most scientists now think that the moon was once part of Earth.They believe very early in its history, maybe 4 million years ago, something about the size of Mars hit Earth.This sent billions of rocks into space around our planet.These rocks slowly joined together and after many years became the moon.

In the future, even though our ideas about the moon may change again, we will still be interested in it. 【小题1】Now, we’re sure ________________ A．Moon rocks are quite different from those on Earth. B．Moon was once a part of Earth.

C．Moon moves around Earth and it’s the only satellite of Earth. D．Moon was once a planet caught in Earth’s gravity. 【小题2】In 1969 there is a big event, that is __________. A．humans Found no water in Moon rocks B．scientists made out a modern spaceship C．scientists invented an advanced telescope D．humans left their footprints on Moon

【小题3】What does the writer want to tell us in the passage? A．Why people are interested in the moon.

B．How ideas about the moon have changed over time.

第 7 页 共 240 页

C．Where the moon came from in the past.

D．That people have finally learned the truth about the moon.

【小题4】Before 1969 most scientists thought the moon was ________. A．part of the earth billions of years earlier B．older than the earth

C．a planet caught by the earth's gravity D．made of the same things as the earth

【小题5】From this passage we can learn that ________. A．scientists in the past were not clever B．the earth was once part of the moon C．new information brings new ideas D．we now know everything about the moon

7、There are four seasons in China.March, April and May make the spring.June, July and August make the summer season.September, October and November make the autumn season.The rest（剩下）of months make the winter season.

The Australia seasons are the opposite（相反的）of ours.When it’s spring in China, it is autumn in Australia.

Australia is in the southof the earth.June, July and August are the winter months.The summer is （南方）in December, January and February.It’s very hot there, too.

Near the North Polethere are two seasons.The winter nights are long.For more than two months （北极）you can’t see the sun, even at noon.The summer days are long.For more that two months, the sun never sets（落下）, and there’s no night.

【小题1】＿＿＿make the winter season in China. A．October, November and December B．November, December and January C．December, January and February D．January, February and March

【小题2】When it’s summer in China, it is＿＿＿in Australia. A．winter B．autumn C．spring D．summer

【小题3】 Near the North Pole there are two seasons: ＿＿＿. A．spring and summer B．summer and winter

第 8 页 共 240 页

C．summer and autumn D．spring and winter

【小题4】 Near the North Pole, there’s no night in summer for more than＿＿＿months. A．one B．two C．three

D．four

【小题5】 ＿＿＿in winter near the North Pole. A．The days are longer than the nights B．The days are as long as the nights C．The days are shorter than the nights D．The nights are shorter than the days

8、Algae(水藻) are very simple plants. They grow in fresh water or salty water. Seaweed is algae that grow in salty water. Seaweed is red or brown in color. The Japanese people use these plants from the sea in many ways. From it, they make a food called Kombu. Kombu is seaweed that has been dried, cooked and pressed together. Then it is dried again and cut into long pieces. The Japanese eat a lot of Kombu and like it very much.

Japanese farmers often use seaweed as fertilizer. It makes their plants grow better. Many farmers also find seaweed makes a fine food for their animals.

From seaweed the Japanese also get iodine(碘), which they sell to other countries. Iodine is used in many ways all over the world. It is used in making medicine. It is added to the salt we use at the table. Scientists even use one form of iodine to \"seed clouds\" when they want rain to fall. 【小题1】Kombu is a kind of ____ according to the text. A．plant

B．medicine

C．food

D．fertilizer

【小题2】In the last sentence of the text, \"seed clouds\" means ____. A．clouds spreading like seeds B．the seeds like clouds

C．to make rain fall with human power D．dropping seeds by clouds

【小题3】The main idea of the story is that ____. A．The Japanese eat seaweed when they want rain to fall. B．Kombu is made into medicine for farmers. C．The Japanese use seaweed in many ways. D．The Japanese eat a lot of Kombu.

第 9 页 共 240 页

9、No matter where the dads and their children go, that location immediately becomes a tourist destination. This has become a pattern for Hunan TV’s reality show Where Are We Going, Dad? And last week the show was heading overseas for a special international episode. The entry has taken place in New Zealand, which was expected to become a popular travel destination for Chinese fans of the show. If you don’t know much about New Zealand but would like to explore it, check out our travel guide to see what kinds of activities might interest you. Nature and wildlife encounter

New Zealand was the last country on Earth to be settled by humans. As such, it’s a paradise for exotic birds. You’re also able to watch dolphins and whales on boat tours. Possible itinerary (旅行指南)

1.Auckland: fly in and visit Tiritiri Matangi conservation project (bellbirds spotting); 2.Waipoua Forest: huge kauri trees; 3.Kaikoura: whale watching by boat or air seal watching, hike the Kaikoura Peninsula Walkway, join a dolphin encounter tour; 4.Wellington (Matiu/Somes Island): red-crowned parakeet, blue penguins, weta, skinks and tuatara; 5.Stewart Island: kiwi bird spotting; 6.Te Anau: takahe and kea; 7. Queenstown: fly to Auckland and finally ___43___. Landscape lover

Landscape lovers may have heard that New Zealand is brimming with natural wonders like active volcanoes (火山), snowy mountaintops, glaciers perched near beaches and caves infested with glowworms. Indeed, you can’t see many of these wonders anywhere else in the world. Possible itinerary

1.Auckland: fly in; 2.Whangamata: beach resorts and The Coromandel Forest Park (short walks, mountain bike trails); 3.Waitomo: underground caves and glowworm caverns; 4.Rotorua: geothermal areas; 5.Abel Tasman: golden sand beaches (taking water taxi, sea kayaking, hiking, and snorkeling); 6.Fox Glacier and Franz Josef: biggest glaciers in the country (hiking and guided glacier walks); 7.Queenstown: crystal clear Lake Wakatipu (bungee jumping, sky diving, horse trekking and cycling); 8. Milford Sound: fjord (boat cruises, sea kayaking, diving and flightseeing); 9.Christchurch: fly back.

【小题1】New Zealand is ____ for Chinese fans after the show Where Are We Going, Dad? A．more beautiful B．more famous C． more popular D．cleaner

【小题2】Which is the best expression to fill in the blank (空白处) in the passage? A．have dinner B．fly back C．go sightseeing

D．ride horses

第 10 页 共 240 页

【小题3】 How is the passage organized? (Par = Paragraph) A．Par 1→Pars 2~4→Par 5 ~9 B．Pars 1~3→Par 4 ~7 →Pars 8~9 C．Par 1→Pars 2~5→Pars 6~9 D．Pars 1~3→Pars 3~4→Par 5 ~ 9

【小题4】From the passage, we know that New Zealand is a travel destination for ______. A．landscape lovers B．nature lovers C．wildlife lovers

10、Books which give instructions on how to do things are very popular in the United States today. Thousands of these “How to” books are available; in fact, there are about four thousand books with titles that begin with the words \"How to\". One book may tell you how to earn more money, another may tell you how to save or spend it, and another may explain how to give your money away. Many “How to” books give advice on careers (职业). They tell you how to choose a career and how to succeed at it. If you fail, however, you can buy a book called \"How to Turn Failure into Success\". If you would like to become very rich, you can buy the book \"How to Make a Million\". If you never make any money at all, you may need a book called \"How to Live on Nothing?\"

One of the most popular types of books is one that helps you with personal problems. If you want to have a better love of life, you can read \"How to Succeed at Love Every Minute of Your Life?\". If you are tired of books on happiness, you may prefer a book called \"How to Make Yourself miserable?\".

Many of these books help people use their time better. Some people want books which will give them useful information about sports, hobbies, and travel. Other people use their free time to make repairs and improvements on their homes. They prefer books which give step by step instruction on how to repair things like plumbing (卫生管道工程) and electrical wiring, or on how to redecorate (重新装饰) or enlarge a house. Why have \"How to\" books become so popular? Probably because life has become so complex. Today people have far more free time to use, more choices to make, and more problems to solve. \"How to\" books help people deal with modem life.

【小题1】“How to” books are welcomed in the United States today because___________. A．these books are cheap

B．Americans love the writers of these books C．the readers can get them without paying anything

D．these books can help the Americans deal with their problems in modern life

第 11 页 共 240 页

D．different kinds of travel lover

【小题2】These “How to” books are written to__________. A．tell people to love their life B．earn money

C．give people some good advice on how to D．say something about America

【小题3】Before someone wants to find a good job, he . A．buy a book on \"How to Make a Million? B．read a book on how to choose a career C．beg bosses or managers for it D．use his free time to look for it

【小题4】 If people will not succeed in what he is doing, a book called___________ can give help. A．“How to” Turn Failure into Success B．“How to” Make a Million

C．“How to” Succeed at Love Every Minute of Your Life D．“How to” Make Yourself Miserable

【小题5】Which headline of the following is the best for this passage? A．“ How to”Books in America.

B．“How to” Books Are Ordinary in America. C．Thousands of “How to” Books.

D．Books with Title That Begin with the Words “How to”.

11、For some people, music is no fun at all. About 4% of the population is what scientists call “amusic”. People who are amusic are born without the ability to enjoy musical notes. Amusic people often cannot tell the differences between two songs.

As a result, songs sound like noise to an amusic. Many amuics compare the sound of music to pieces of metal hitting each other. Life can be hard for amusics. In fact, most people cannot understand what it feel like be amusic. Just going to a restaurant or a shopping center can be uncomfortable or even painful. That is why many amusics have to stay away from places where there is music. However, this can result in social loneliness. “I used to hate parties,” says Margaret, a seventy-year-old woman who only recently discovered that she was amusic. By studying people like Margaret, scientists are finally learning how to identify(辨别) this unusual condition.

Scientists say that the brains of amusics are different for those of people who can enjoy music. The

第 12 页 共 240 页

difference is complex(复杂的), and it is not connected with poor hearing. Amusics can understand other non-musical sounds well. They also have no problems understanding common speech. Scientists compare amusics to people who just can’t see certain colors.

Many amusics are happy when their condition is finally diagnosed(诊断). For years, Margaret felt embarrassed about her problem music. Now she knows that she is not alone. That makes it easier for her to explain. “When people invite me to a concert, I just say ”No, thanks. I’m amusic.’” says Margret. 【小题1】Amusics are the people who _________. A．like music B．have poor listening

C．don’t like music D．are born unable to enjoy music 【小题2】 Life is hard for amusics mainly because _________. A．music seems noise for them. B．people don’t understand amusics C．amusics try to stay at places full of music

D．amusics hate parties, restaurants or shopping center. 【小题3】 Scientists identify amusics by _________. A．studying different kinds of music B．going to parties regularly C．studying amusic people D．comparing music to colors

【小题4】 What causes amusics different from most people according to scientists? A．Their brains. B．Their poor hearing. C．Their lack of colors. D．Their problems with speech.

【小题5】 What is the main idea of the passage? A．Amusics’ strange behaviors. B．Musical ability.

C．Some people’s inability to enjoy music. D．Identification and treatment of amusic.

12、The seasons in Australia are not like ours. When it is winter in China, it is summer there. Australia is in the south of the world. June, July and August are the winter months; September.,

第 13 页 共 240 页

October and November are spring; summer is in December, January and February; and March, April and May are the autumn months. The north of the country is hotter than the south.

A very large part of the country has no rain at all. The east coast (海岸）has rain all the year round. There are no dry months there. The southeast winds bring rain from the sea. There is not much rain on the west side. The southeast part of Australia has summer rain from the southeast winds. They only blow here in summer.

The southwest part of Australia also has winter rain. The west winds blow over the southwest in winter only. In summer, the southwest of the country has no rain. In the north of Australia there is no rain in winter. The rain comes in summer. The northwest winds bring it.

【小题1】What season is it in Australiawhen it is summer in China ? (No more than 1 word) ________________________________________________.

【小题2】Which months are autumn in Australia ? (No more than 4 words) ___________________________________________________.

【小题3】Which part of Australia has the most of rain? (No more than 3 words) _____________________________________________.

【小题4】Is there summer rain in the southeast of Australia ? (No more than 3 words) ____________________________________________.

【小题5】What bring rain to the north of Australia in summer? (No more than 3 words) _______________________________________________.

13、The air plant has wonderful and amazing features. It takes in moisture(水汽)from the air through its leaves．Although it is seen growing on another object or plant to support itself.

To prevent the roots from being too wet，avoid(避免) planting it in soil. Keep the roots in a well—ventilated(通风良好的)environment. Air plants can grow well hanging from fishing lines. They can also be hung from seashells, teacups or even on wood.

Water the air plant once in a while. Simply let the water fall from the roots. The roots will take in the water for the air plant. The air plant can live between 0℃° and 51 ℃. It does not need to be in the light all the time. However, sunlight(morning and evening only)helps it to reproduce(繁殖)faster. When it flowers，it turns a colorful pink, red or orange．At most 8 young plants can grow from the air plant．When these grow to half the size of the parent plant, simply pull them away gently from the parent plant and plant them in another place．

The lifespan of an air plant depends on the care it gets and the environment it is placed in. Generally, all air

第 14 页 共 240 页

plant can live for many years.

Because they are so beautiful and easy to take care of, air plants are excellent as birthday gifts or housewarming gifts.

【小题1】The air plant takes in moisture from ______. A．other plants B．the air C．the roots D．other objects

【小题2】An air plant must NOT be placed in _______. A．soil B．seashells C．teacups D．wood

【小题3】Morning sunlight can help the air plant _________. A．become drier

B．produce young plants faster C．turn into different colors

D．become half the size of the parent plant

【小题4】The underlined word “depend on” most probably means _______. A．支持

B．继续

C．取决于 D．应付

【小题5】The air plant is easy to take care of because it ______. A．is a famous plant

B．needs little water and sunlight C．grows on other plants and objects D．makes the garden beautiful

14、No Car Day was first started by 34 cities in France on September 22, 1998. It was started to protect the environment. By now, more than 1,000 cities around the world have had a No Car Day.

The first No Car Day in China was in Chengdu in 2001. Other cities, including Taipai, Shanghai and Wuhan, also support the day.

In Beijing, more and more people are joining the campaign. It asks drivers to leave their cars at home for one day each month and walk or ride a bike to work. It also calls on Beijingers not to use cars on June 5(World Environment Day). The slogan for the day is, “If we drive for one less day, we can have one more nice day.”

So far, more than 200,000 drivers have shown their support. “We can’t control(控制) the weather, but we can choose not to drive,” said Wu Zonghua, a car club chairman. Beijing is trying to have 238 blue sky days this year. In the first quarter of 2012, Beijing only had 52 blue sky days. This was 11 days less than the

第 15 页 共 240 页

number for the same period the year before. Much of the dust comes from the desert, but cars cause most of the air pollution. We must do more for No Car Day. 【小题1】The first No Car Day fell on _______. A．February 2nd

B．June 5th

C．July 5th D．September 22nd

【小题2】_______ was the first city to have No Car Day in China. A．Beijing B．Chengdu

C．Shanghai

D．Wuhan

【小题3】What does the underlined word “slogan” in Paragraph 3 mean? A．目的

B．原因

C．意义

D．口号

【小题4】 How many blue sky days did Beijing have in the first quarter of 2011? A．63. B．52. C．41. D．238.

【小题5】Which of the following statements is True? A．China is the first country to start No Car Day. B．No Car Day is World Environment Day.

C．No Car Day has been supported by over 1,000 cities around the world so far. D．Much of the dust in the air comes from cars.

15、Height is just one of the thousands of features that your genes (基因) decide. In fact, because you have two parents, your genes provide you a height that usually lands somewhere between the height of each parent. If both your parents are tall, then maybe you will be tall, too, but if you have questions about how tall you’re going to be, ask your doctor if he or she can help you find it out.

But genes don’t decide everything. For example, eating an unhealthy diet can keep you from growing to your full potential (潜力). Getting enough sleep and enough exercise will help you grow to the right height.

Maybe you’re wondering how fast you should grow. There’s no right answer. Kids grow about 2 inches (5 centimeters) a year between age 3 and the time they start puberty（青春期） .

Your doctor will know how your growth (生长) has been going over the years. Two centimeters here and 2 inches there are not nearly as important as the height you’re at now, how you’ve been growing up to this point, and what other changes your body may be going through.

Don’t be worried if you have grown a lot in a very short time. Everyone has a very quick growth during puberty. The age for starting puberty is about 10 for girls and about 11 for boys. But it can be earlier or later —between 7 and 13 for girls, 9 and 15 for boys.

第 16 页 共 240 页

You’ll usually begin to find that you’re growing faster about a year after your body starts to show the first changes of puberty.

【小题1】If you want to know how fast and how tall you should grow, _______. A．you should have enough exercise B．you can ask doctors for help C．you should protect the environment D．you can record your growth during puberty 【小题2】This passage is mainly about _______. A．how the genes work in your body B．when the time you grow fast is C．why you look like your parents D．how you grow to a certain (某一) height

【小题3】After reading this passage, we can explain (解释) _______. A．how good it is to be a doctor B．how much sleep we need C．why genes can’t decide everything D．what an unhealthy diet is

16、阅读表达 （共5小题，计5分）

Tanzania(坦桑尼亚) has _________ animals, such as lions, elephants, giraffes, crocodiles and so on(等等). Every year, many people in the world travel to this African country to watch the animals closely. But do you know how they travel?

By bus --This is the most common way. When people get on a bus, they'll find that the bus is a little strange(奇怪). It is different from the buses we often see. There are no big windows at all, but some （窗户）small windows. And it looks like a cage. What are they used for? Oh, people can use it to watch animals and take photos. By boat --We can often see many people are in a boat, enjoying the beautiful things along a river or a lake, and they can also enjoy the hippos(河马) and crocodiles from a nearer distance.

By hot balloon(热气球) --In the early morning, when the sun is beginning to rise, a large hot balloon is also starting its tour. Taking a hot balloon makes most of the tourists excited. After some time, the balloon will land in a certain place, and the waiters will give people delicious and special breakfast. But the cost of taking a hot balloon is also very high. A person should pay 400 dollars for an hour's trip

第 17 页 共 240 页

【小题1】“such as ” 的汉语意思是__________________________________ 【小题2】How many ways of transportation(交通方式) are mentioned in the passage? ________________

【小题3】 Put the underlined sentence into Chinese.（写出划线句子的汉语意思） _______________________________________________

【小题4】 在文中空白处填上适当的单词。（不多于3个）______________________________. 【小题5】 ___________________________ is the most common way of traveling in Tanzania.

17、Can you remember a world before the Internet? If you answer is “no” then you are probably a millennial．Millennials are the new generation of young Americans．They were born between l982 and l992．There are 33 million of them，and they are just starting to enter the workforceMany experts （劳动力）．believe that millennials are different from young Americans of past generations．They also believe that millenials will change the workforce in important ways．

How are millennials different? They are the first generation born in the computer age．The internet has always been a part of their lives．They spend about l 6 hours a week on the Internet，and this doesn’t include e-mail．And they spend 72 hours a week using other electronic mediaincluding mobile phones and （媒体），video games．They are “nation speakers” of the language of the computer age．People who were born earlier will never be native speakers of that language．Why not? They did not grow up “speaking” it．

How will millennials change the workforce? To answer that question，it is important to understand how millennials use the Internet．They use the Internet to communicate．They visit website such as FaceBook and MySpace every day．They share（分享）ideas，music， information，games，and friendships with people all over the world．When they start working，they will want to share their work and ideas with others． It is also important to understand the way millennials grew up．Their parents and teachers gave them a lot of attention．They taught them that their opinions were valuable（有价值的）．As a result，many millennials are very confident．At work，they will expect their co-workers and bosses to listen to their opinions．

Millennials also grew up with a lot of structure in their lives．Many of them went to school from the age of two or three and played on sports teams．At work，they will expect the rules to be clear．They will also expect a strong but fair boss，like a coach on a sports team．They will follow the person in charge（主管）if he or she is fair．But they will not follow an unfair boss．They will also expect their work to be fun and creative，similar to their experience on a sports team．

These are a few of the changes that experts believe millennials will bring to the American

第 18 页 共 240 页

workforce．But the world is changing very fast．There will probably be more changes that are difficult to imagine today．

【小题1】According to the first paragraph of the passage，which of the following is NOT true? A．Millennials belong to a new generation． B．Millennials were born about ten years ago． C．Millennials are entering the workforce．

D．Millennials know little about the world before the Internet．

【小题2】Which is the main reason that make the experts believe millennials are different from young Americans of past generations?

A．Millennials can speak a better native language． B．Millennials grow up with computers and Internet． C．Millennials use mobile phones and e-mails often． D．Millennials spend long hours playing video games．

【小题3】Why do the millennials expect to share their work and ideas with others? A．Because they know how to use the Internet to make new friends． B．Because they understand how to communicate with new friends．

C．Because they grow up sharing ideas，music，information，games，and friendships with others by the Internet．

D．Because the Internet can provide all the information they need． 【小题4】According to the passage，which of the following is NOT true? A．Millennials grow up with more attention from their parents and teachers． B．Many millennials are showing more confident than others at work．

C．Many millennials give more valuable opinions to their c0—workers and bosses．

D．Many of the millennials have had fun and creative experiences when they are on sports teams． 【小题5】From the passage we know that ________．

A．the number of the millennials had come to 33 million by the end of l982 B．most of the millennnials learn native computer language in schools． C．millennials require their bosses to be healthier and the rules clearer at work D．more changes will probably be brought to the American workforce by millennials

18、Coffee has been a part of people’s lives for thousands of years, and today it is still one of the favorite drinks in the world．Many people in the world begin their busy day by drinking a cup of coffee or

第 19 页 共 240 页

several cups of coffee．They have always said that a cup of coffee in the morning helps them begin their day in the right way．So they say a cup of coffee is necessary for them in the morning．

Do you know what in the coffee makes our bodies and brains active? It is caffeineCaffeine （咖啡因）．may increase a person’s mental and physical abilities（精力和体力）．For example, two cups of coffee will make you breathe faster and augment body temperature．All this makes your heart beat faster, and doctors warn that this may be a little dangerous．

Caffeine is found in tea, coffee, chocolate and some other foods．A little caffeine is probably not harmful．But too much caffeine can make people nervous and sleepless． 【小题1】The underlined word “augment” means ___________ ． A．make more B．drink C．stop

D．make less

【小题2】From this passage, we may know that drinking a cup of coffee late at night might ______ ． A．give you a headache B．make you fall asleep C．keep you awake D．may be dangerous 【小题3】Caffeine is found in ___________ ． A．tea and water

B．chocolate, meat and some other foods C．coffee and cream

D．coffee, tea, chocolate and some other foods 【小题4】Which of the following is NOT true?

A．Coffee has been a part of people’s lives for thousands of years B．Caffeine does no harm to our body．

C．Two cups of coffee will make you breathe faster and increase body temperature． D．Caffeine may increase human’s mental and physical abilites． 【小题5】A good title for this passage is ___________ ． A．Coffee Is Harmful

B．Coffee and Tea

C．Caffeine and Health D．Caffeine Is Useful

19、阅读理解

There are trains to carry people，trains to carry animals or carry things．There are fast trains and slow ones．Some trains go through hills．In big cities，the streets are usually very busy．So you can find trains under the ground．they carry people quickly in and out of the big cities．Can a train run over the water？Yes，it can．There are many bridges over the rivers．The trains can easily run over the water．But it is not easy to

第 20 页 共 240 页

build the bridges．Today’s trains have dining rooms for people．You may eat something in them on the way if you are hungry．Trains are useful to men，women and children．Many children have model trains．With the model trains they can build their own rails(铁轨) and enjoy the wonderful world of trains． 【小题1】There are all kinds of trains．Here \" all kinds of trains\" means ________． A．fast trains and slow trains B．many different kinds of trains C．trains to go through hills D．trains to carry people

【小题2】The trains carry people in and out of the big cities under the ground because ________． A．the streets are very busy B．the cities are big

C．the trains have dining rooms D．the cities are too small

【小题3】If you are hungry，you may go to ________ of the train to have something to eat when you are traveling by train． A．some rooms B．some shops C．the dining room D．the station

【小题4】It’s ________ for trains to run over the water but ________to build bridges． A．easy；easy B．easily；not easy C．difficult；easily D．easy；difficult

【小题5】Which of the following is WRONG？ A．There are dining rooms in trains． B．There are fast trains and slow trains． C．The trains can only carry people． D．We can see trains under the ground．

20、Do you know something about the holiday camps(野营) in Hong Kong？The students in Hong Kong used to take part in an English holiday camp in their holidays. And their parents weren’t with them,

第 21 页 共 240 页

though they were very young.

Now they still enjoy taking part in many kinds of holiday camps without their parents. Many parents let their children take part in some kinds of holiday camps in order to learn some practical knowledge in their life, and also learn some knowledge about living skills, science ,reading and writing… The most important for the children is to learn to look after themselves.

Holiday camps in Hong Kong are not so expensive. Most of the families can afford to send their children there for further study, for making their bodies strong…And the government never charges(收费) them.

It is said that students in Hong Kong have much knowledge about many things. Perhaps it has something to do with the kinds of holiday camps.

【小题1】Students in Hong Kong used to take part in the . A．holiday camps B．English holiday camps C．science holiday camps D．Chinese holiday camps

【小题2】When students in Hong Kong are in the holidays camps, their parents . A．must be with them B．have to pay a lot of money C．must stay at home D．aren’t with them

【小题3】The most important thing for the students to take part in the holiday camps in Hong Kong is .

A．to learn some foreign languages

B．to learn much knowledge about many things C．to learn to look after themselves D．to have further study about many subjects

【小题4】The cost(费用) to take part in a holiday camp is . A．very expensive B．not so cheap C．very high D．very low

【小题5】The students who often take part in holiday camps .

第 22 页 共 240 页

A．must have much knowledge about many things B．must be very tall C．must be very thin(瘦) D．must be very cool 答案 1、

2、

3、

4、

5、

6、

第 23 页 共 240 页

7、

8、

9、

10、

11、

12、

第 24 页 共 240 页

13、

14、

15、

16、

17、

18、

第 25 页 共 240 页

19、

20、

中考英语阅读理解集练——日常生活类

1、Many people today like exercise. Some like to run, and some like to walk. Others dance or play balls. They do different kinds of exercise. Why do people like exercising? It’s good for their health. And exercise helps to make them tired, so they sleep better at night.

You may like to run. If you do, take care of your feet. Make sure you have the right shoes. Some people like to run on roads, but they must watch out for cars.

Walking is a good exercise. You may take a long walk in the park. It’s more fun if you don’t go alone. Go with a friend. Both of you may have a great time.

Some people like to swim. But others don’t like to go into the water. If you like this kind of exercise, make sure that someone is watching you. You must always take care when you are in the water. Jumping a rope (跳绳) or riding a bike is also good exercise. There are many other exercises. Find out what you like. You may need help at first. Some people often do exercise, and they can help you. Do exercise every day, and you will know what it makes you feel. 【小题1】The passage tells us about _______. A．running B．swimming C．walking D．exercise 【小题2】If you want to run for exercise, you should _______. A．have the right shoes

第 26 页 共 240 页

B．run fast on the roads C．go with a friend D．let someone watch you

【小题3】They must watch out for cars. Here “watch out” means _____. A．向外看 B．左右看 C．小心

D．担心

【小题4】In the passage there are _______ kinds of exercise. A．5

B．6

C．7

D．8

【小题5】What should you do if you want to do exercise? A. Find out what you like. B. Ask for help at first. C. Exercise every day. D. A、B and C.

2、What’s My Line (台词)？

“One of my actors is sick! He has just one line and you’re the only one who fits his clothes!” One afternoon, the school drama director suddenly shouted to me. She seemed so nervous and worried that I felt sorry for her and said, “Ok”.

“You will be fine. It's easy!” She said. But it wasn’t easy at all. On the stage, four other actors and actresses spoke their lines, and I opened my mouth. Nothing came out. I couldn’t even breathe. I just wanted to leave. The next thing I knew, I was running off the stage.

As I was running off the stage, I accidentally knocked over a glass of grape juice that was on a table. The purple juice hit the girl next to me --- Andrea, the leading actress of the drama. She gave me a nasty look. I thought she was going to kill me!

But then, Andrea quickly said, “Darling, you’re so silly! Let's toast(干杯) to my darling’s silliness! Cheers!” She grabbed another glass of grape juice and drank it. The other actor quickly followed Andrea’s lead and saved the scene. The audience thought my mistake was part of the play!

I apologized to everyone after the play. To my surprise, they were not angry with me. They told me, “It’s all a part of being on stage.” I could be wrong, but I think I liked being on stage. I think I will try again.

3、How do you like your school? Have you ever written to your headmaster to express your idea? Here are some letters written by students from different schools. Luke, 14, from Jiangsu

I will give some suggestions about our school uniform. In our school, we students have to wear uniform every day. But the yellow and green sports kit（服装）looks really dark and old. It can’t stand for young and

第 27 页 共 240 页

lively spirit. We can add some red or orange colors and make a new type of uniform. I hope our headmaster will think about it.

Danny, 14, from Zhejiang

I have two suggestions for my headmaster. First of all, I think we should have more hobby classes in science , such as plane model making class and computer programming class. It is really boring to study basic subjects all the time. And second, I hope we can have more PE lessons or more time for physical exercise. Lots of students now don’t have a strong enough body. Sam, 15, from Shanxi

I’d like to say thank you to my headmaster. About one week ago, I got a bad cold after playing basketball. Our headmaster came to me after he knew about it. He took care of me until my parents came. I really want to thank him for that. Helen, 14, from Shandong

In the letter I wrote, I want to talk about the possibility of personal（个性化的）classes. Now many middle schools are trying the “personal class” system. Students don’t have regular classes. They can choose lessons they want to take. I think it is more effective. And it is also good for exercise. We don’t have to stay in one classroom all the time.

【小题1】Luke gives some suggestions about ______ in his letter. A．hobby classes

B．personal classes

C．school uniform D．basketball playing

【小题2】The reasons why Danny gives two suggestions are that ______. A．students have too few classes every day and they love sports B．studying basic subjects only is boring and students are too weak C．hobby classes are interesting and students have no PE lessons at all

D．students want to cancel the basic subjects and they want to have more sports lessons

【小题3】All the students except __ write to the headmaster to complain about something. A．Luke

B．Danny C．Sam D．Helen

【小题4】The underlined sentence “I think it is more effective” means “______” A．Regular classes will be more vivid and lively. B．Regular classes will help students learn better. C．Personal classes will be more vivid and lively. D．Personal classes will help students learn better.

【小题5】According to the passage, most students write to their headmasters about ______.

第 28 页 共 240 页

A．personal experiences B．how to make schools better C．spare time activities

D．how to deal with other students

4、An eight-year-old child heard her parents talking about her little brother. All she knew was that he was very sick and they had no money. Only a very expensive operation(手术) could save him now and there was no one to lend them the money.

When she heard her daddy say to her tearful mother, “Only a miracle can save him now，” the little girl went to her bedroom and pulled her money from its hiding place and counted it carefully.

She hurried to a drugstore（药店）with the money in her hand. “And what do you want？” asked the shopkeeper. “It’s for my little brother,” the girl answered, “He’s really，really sick and I want to buy a miracle.” “Pardon” said the shopkeeper. “My brother Andrew has something bad growing inside his head and my daddy says only a miracle can save him. So how much does a miracle cost” “We don’t sell a miracle here，child. I’m sorry，” the shopkeeper said with a smile. “Listen，if it isn’t enough, I can try and get some more. Just tell me how much it costs.”

A well-dressed man heard it and asked，“What kind of a miracle does your brother need？” “I don’t know,” she answered with her eyes full of tears. “He’s really sick and mum says he needs an operation. But my daddy can’t pay for it，so I have brought all my money.” “How much do you have,” asked the man. “$ 1.11, but I can try and get some more,” she answered. “Well，Good luck! ” smiled the man. “$ 1.11，the price of a miracle for your little brother.”

He took up the girl’s hand and said，“Take me to where you live. I want to see your brother and meet your parents. Let’s see if I have the kind of miracle you need.”

That well-dressed man was Dr Carlton Armstrong, a famous doctor. The operation was successful and it wasn’t long before Andrew was at home again. How much did the miracle cost 【小题1】What was the trouble in the little girl’s family？ A. Her brother was seriously ill. B. They had no money.

C. Nothing could save her brother. D. Both A and B.

【小题2】In the eye of the little girl，a miracle might be _______. A．something interesting B．something beautiful

第 29 页 共 240 页

C．some wonderful medicine D．some good food

【小题3】The little girl said again and again “…I can try and get some more.” That shows ___. A．she had still kept some money

B．she hoped the shopkeeper could sell her a miracle C．There was no need to worry about money D．she thought money was easy to get 【小题4】What made the miracle happen？ A．The girl’s love for her brother. B．The girl’s money.

C．The medicine from the drugstore. D．Nobody can tell.

【小题5】From the passage we can infer (推断)that _______. A．The doctor didn’t ask for any pay B．A miracle is sure to happen if you keep on C．The little girl is lovely but not so clever D．Andrew was in fact not too sick.

5、任务型阅读 ，阅读下列短文，根据短文中的信息完成文后表格。（每空一词)

As you know, homework is a big part of going to school. Luckily, here are several suggestions for you to make homework easy. Make a homework plan

Most middle school students have two or three hours of homework a night. If it is a heavy homework day, you may need to spend even more time. It is a good idea to come up with some kind of homework schedule(进度表), especially if you are going to do sports or other activities after school. Watch where you work

A bedroom, study or any room where you can get away from noise is good for you to do your homework. But don't study on your comfortable bed, or you might fall asleep there. Take a break

Most people's attention (注意力) don't last very long, so take some breaks while doing your homework. Sitting for too long without relaxing will make you less productive(多产的) than if you stop to take a break regularly. Taking a 15-minute break every hour is a good way for most people. Get help when you need it

第 30 页 共 240 页

Sometimes even though you are listening carefully in class, some subjects seem too hard. The first person to ask for help is your teacher. He or she may be able to work with you before or after school and explain things more clearly. Your classmates may also be able to give you a hand. However, this might not give you the results you want. Lots of people understand something well but are not able to explain it. Title: Homework Help Topic Homework can be quite hard, but there is something you can do to make homework much __【小题1】___. Making a homework plan Heavy homework means ____【小题3】____more time on your study, so it is a good idea to have a homework plan so that you can __【小题4】_in all kinds of after-school activities. ____【小题5】It is necessary for you to study in a __【小题6】____ where you Useful ___【小题2】___ Taking a break work If you ___【小题7】_____ too long without relaxing, your mind may wander. To keep productive，it is a good idea for most people to have a rest for 15 ___【小题8】__every hour. The ____【小题9】___ one you can ask for help is your teacher. Getting help You may also get ___【小题10】___ from your classmates but this may not give you what you want.

6、I have just invented a time machine. It can take people to the past or the future for five hours. I got into my time machine and keyed(键入) the words, “1964,11 Niven Road, Singapore”, then pressed the button(按钮). In a moment, I was in front of a house, 11 Niven Road. I thought that it would be fun to see what my father was like when he was 10 years old.

I saw four children looking for a lost dog. They were my father, my uncle Kelvin, my aunt Peek and aunt Janet. I introduced myself as an old friend and agreed to help them look for their dog, Blackie.

第 31 页 共 240 页

_____ place, so a bedroom or a study is a good choice. We wanted to climb a hill and looked into the houses below. When we reached the top, we heard a dog barking. “Blackie !” my father shouted. We looked down and saw Blackie in the house.

We knocked on the door of the house and asked the man to return Blackie to us. The man asked us to prove(证明) the black dog was Blackie. My father called out Blackie’s name and the dog barked. The man had to give Blackie back to us.

We went back to 11 Niven Road and I said goodbye to them. My five hours were almost up. I ran to the machine and soon I was back in my time. What an adventure (冒险)! 【小题1】Which of the following is TRUE according to the first paragraph? A．The time machine can take people travel to five hours ago or five hours later. B．The writer must come back within five hours if he travels to the past or the future. C．The writer wanted to see what his father was like ten years ago. D．The writer couldn’t see what his father was like ten years ago. 【小题2】When was the writer’s father born? A．In1954. B．In 1964. C．In 1974.

D．It was not mentioned (提及).

【小题3】The children climbed to the top of the hill because___________. A．they thought the dog was there

B．they thought they can see things far away there

C．they wanted to see whether the dog was in the house below D．they wanted to play games there

【小题4】The passage mainly tells us about ____________. A．an adventure to the past B．an adventure to the future C．a lovely dog named Blackie D．the childhood of the writer’s father

7、When I had something difficult to do, I used to ask my mum for help. But she always said, “Do it yourself, dear.” I was not happy about this at all. I thought she was the laziest mother in the world!

For example, one day, some of my friends would come to my home. My bedroom was really untidy. Books were all over the floor, and I didn’t make the bed. So I asked my mum to help me clean it, but she still said, “Do it yourself, my daughter.”

Because of my “lazy mum”, I have to wash my clothes and clean my room. I have to help my parents

第 32 页 共 240 页

do housework. I even have to go to hospital by myself. It is very hard to do everything well on my own, but I have learnt a lot.

As time goes by, I come to understand my mum. She makes me clever and hard-working. How great she is! A good mother is worth(值得) 100 teachers! Don’t you think so?

【小题1】When you have something difficult to do, you should ____________ . A．do nothing

B．ask your mother to do it for you C．try to do it yourself

D．ask your friends to do it for you

【小题2】According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true? A．She tidies up her books and makes the bed. B．She washes her clothes and cleans her room. C．She often helps her parents do housework.

D．Her mother always takes her to hospital when she feels uncomfortable.

【小题3】We can know a good mother_____________ from the sentence “A good mother is worth 100 teachers !”

A．makes her child clever and hard-working B．does everything for her child C．gives her child a lot of money D．teaches her child by herself

8、 Sometimes... Sometimes I feel lonely,

Like I’m by myself with no one here. When I’m that way, I call a friend.

My lonely moods(心情) soon disappear(消失). Sometimes I feel excited,

Like I have some news I have to share! My friends open their ears to me. They always listen, talk, and . Sometimes I feel so sad,

Like my world is cold and darkest blue.

第 33 页 共 240 页

At those times my friends let me know They’re with me, standing strong and true. Sometimes I feel mixed-up,

Like I just don’t know how I should feel. My friends then help me figure out What’s right and wrong, what’s false and real!

【小题1】In this poem, the color blue is _________________. A．a beautiful color B．a color of sadness C．the color of someone’s eyes

D．a color that makes the writer happy again

【小题2】Please think of a word to complete the sentence “They always listen, talk, and ”. A．care B．read C．dance

D．sing

【小题3】What does “figure out” mean? A．Look out.

B．Feel better.

C．Say something true. D．Find out.

【小题4】Which feeling is NOT mentioned(提及) in the poem? A．Excitement. B．Anger. C．Sadness. D．Loneliness.

9、阅读理解 阅读下面的短文，然后根据短文内容选择最佳答案。 (A)

The big red American car was much too wide for an English country road. When Jack saw it coming toward him, he stopped his own car at the side of the road to make room for it to pass. The American car went slowly past so close that he could see the driver’s face quite clearly.

\"Where did I see that face before ?\" he thought, “Wait a minute! I remember now. It was in the newspaper!\" He took out the newspaper from his bag, turned quickly to the middle page. There was a picture of the face in it. Yes, it had a large mouth and small ears, and his eyes were behind dark glasses. \"Wanted by the police,\" read by Jack. “The City Bank will give a lot of money to anyone who helps the police to catch this man. \"

\"Call the police at once,\" he said to himself. But a few minutes later, he was sad. \"This man was caught this morning,\" answered the police.

第 34 页 共 240 页

【小题1】Why did Jack stop his car? A．He wanted to see who the driver was. B．He didn’t want to pass by first.

C．The road was too narrow（窄的） for the two cars to pass at the same time. D．Because it was good for an Englishman to stop to let others go. 【小题2】Who was wanted by the police in this passage? A．Jack.

B．The driver in the American car. C．Either (或者)Jack or the driver.

D．Neither (都不)Jack nor the American driver.

【小题3】What did Jack do when he read the newspaper again? A．He drove to the City Bank B．He drove to the police. C．He made a telephone call. D．He stopped the American car.

10、An interesting experiment (实验) is being done at the Children’s Hospital I in London. Animals, such as dogs, cats, and even horses help sick children to get better.

There are many reasons why this treatment (治疗) is important. Dr. Marcus Finch of the Children’s Hospital said, “Children and teenagers have many changes as they are growing up. When they have problems, it is not easy for them to open up any talk. However, when they are with a pet animal, they calm down, relax, and smile. Animals do not speak and so they do not criticize (评论). They listen and they do not stop the children. Children can talk to animals because they can trust them. Animals know how to keep a secret! Also, the children feel needed because they help to feed the animals and look after them.”

At the Children’s Hospital, you can find children playing with cats, dogs, goats, and riding horses. The doctors just watch and take notes and wonder at the power of pets! 【小题1】______ help sick children to feel better. A．Doctors B．Animals C．parents D．Nurses

【小题2】Pet animals are good with children at the Children’s Hospital because _______. A．they look after the children B．they make doctors relax C．they are good listeners

第 35 页 共 240 页

D．they are easy to feel

【小题3】The best little for the passage is _______. A．The Children’s Hospital B．better than Doctors C．An Interesting Story D．Fun with Animals

11、阅读配对。阅读下面五本书的简介, 并将这五本书的简介与他们的书名配对。

【小题1】_____ It is an easy-to-read collection of poems written to encourage the people who are in trouble or in chronic depression(长期抑郁)… 【小题2】_____ This book provides the tools and ways to seek the edge in one’s life---helping readers to achieve dreams whether in your today’s job, finding a new job, in education, in family, or even in hobbies. 【小题3】____ Life is not easy for nine-year-old Joshua during World War II. Because of his family’s Jewish background, they are sent to live in the concern-training camps(集中营). Scared and alone, Joshua one day makes friends with a little mouse. He calls the little mouse Bethlehem. 【小题5】_____ In More Things in Heaven, the writer presents the highlights of his 83 years of life, including his trips to India and the study of the writings of several great spiritual leaders. A．Joshua, Helmut, and Bethlehem B．More Things in Heaven

第 36 页 共 240 页

【小题4】_____ Were humans created, or did they evolve(进化)? How old is the Earth? In this book, the two opposite world views (creation and evolution) will be discussed within the structure of empirical (实证的) science. C．Encourage Me! D．Seeking the Edge E. Creation or Evolution

12、These days, more and more Chinese people enjoy sending and receiving messages on the phone. It can help them to get the latest news and communicate with friends. But I think I should read more books besides the textbooks, the more, the better. It can open my eyes and improve my language skills. Of course, it can also help me to get good grades at school. Do you know how to read more and learn more? Here are some tips for you.

Clear your purpose for reading

Before you start reading, ask yourself why you are reading this book. Most people read for two main reasons, pleasure or knowledge. Clearing about your reading purpose can not only help you choose the books you really need to read, but also remind you why reading the book is important to you, so you will keep reading and complete the book faster. Read only what you are interested in

No matter what you are reading, it is important to enjoy what you read. Whenever you realize that you aren't enjoying the book you are reading, give it up. Remember reading shouldn’t be a chore. Set a reading goal

It is interesting that I read the books borrowed from libraries faster than those I bought. The reason is the books I bought don’t have a due date! I don't need to return those books. Having a reading goal helps you work out how much reading you need to do in a week or even a day. Before you read each book, ask yourself what time you need to complete this book by. 根据短文内容，选择正确答案。 D．why we should read more books

【小题1】According to the passage, the writer might be a________. A．ruler

B．doctor

C．student D．scientist

【小题2】Why do most people read books? A．To get the latest news. B．For pleasure or knowledge. C．To improve their language skills. D．To get good grades.

第 37 页 共 240 页

【小题3】What should you do when you find the book which you are reading is boring? A．Keep on reading. B．Set a reading goal. C．Try to enjoy it. D．Give up the book.

【小题4】The underlined words “due date” mean ________ in Chinese. A．保质期 B．有效期 C．归还期 D．生产日期 【小题5】This passage mainly tells us________. A．how to read more and learn more B．how to choose a good book C．how to read faster

D．why we should read more books

13、In some places around China，the junior high school graduates have to take a P. E. test. The full marks are usually 30 points and it counts for much in the senior high school entrance exam.

In Nanjing the test is held in April. Students have the test in their own schools. Each student is tested on three sports. They can choose long jump, basketball dribbling (运球) or volleyball. The pull-up is for boys and girls can choose the sit-up. Both boys and girls must skip(跳绳) in the test.

Most students find the test easy and more than 90％of them can get full marks. That’s because they have been training for it during the three whole years. Students in Junior Three usually do lots of practice in P. E. classes. The training makes the test easier than it seems to be.

Students in Nanjing don’t need to run a lot for the test, but students in Beijing must do lots of running for the test. Running is one of the sports in test. So in P. E. classes, they usually run a lot. Sometimes they have to run 3,000 meters in one class. Most teachers and parents welcome the P. E. test. They say it helps students build up their health and it’s really useful. 阅读短文，选择正确答案。

【小题1】The P. E. test in Nanjing includes all of these sports except ________. A．skipping

B．basketball

C．football D．volleyball

【小题2】Students in Nanjing have the P. E. test in _______. A．spring B．Junior One C．autumn D．Junior Two

【小题3】The underlined word “pull-up” means “_______” in Chinese. A．仰卧起坐

B．引体向上 C．俯卧撑 D．跳高

第 38 页 共 240 页

【小题4】Most students get high marks in the test because________.

A．they are really strong

B．it’s so easy that all of them can get full marks

C．they have been training for the test during the three years D．their parents help them

【小题5】What do most teachers and parents think of the P. E. test? A．It is difficult. B．It is easy. C．It is useless. D．It is useful.

14、任务型阅读。

Most of middle school students always wear school uniforms when they are at school , but they also want to make themselves look fashionable(时髦的) and nice.

They can’t make money now. Is it necessary for them to wear labels(品牌)? Some students show us their ideas.

Bill: I get new clothes and shoes quite often. My parents buy them for me. I buy things because I like them. I get angry if I don’t get what I want. I think it’s important to wear labels. My favorite label is Nike because it’s the best maker I think.

Kate: My mum buys me clothes and shoes. On my birthdays I buy my own. I always go for labels because they make me look in fashion. But I don’t think it’s important to wear labels. I buy things because I like them, not because of the price or the labels.

Paul: My mother buys me clothes. I don’t think labels are important. But my favorite label is Adidas. And I sometimes can’t get the things I want , because my mother can’t afford(买得起) them . I just wait until she has enough money.

【小题1】What do most of students wear at school? 【小题2】Who buys new clothes and shoes for Bill? 【小题3】When can Kate buy her own clothes? 【小题4】Is Nike Paul’s favorite label?

【小题5】What does Paul do if his mother can’t afford the things?

15、Our family went to the Yellow Stone National Park last summer vacation. Our son, Tom, wanted to see bears there. And what an experience (经历) it was!

When we got there ,we put up our tent and went to explore(探险). As we returned, we heard our daughter Susie cry out. And then we saw a bear go into our camp.

第 39 页 共 240 页

Tom wanted his father to chase(追赶，驱赶) him away. His father said, “No, it’s dangerous to chase a bear. And don’t let him chase you.” Susie said, “What should we do? Maybe we should climb a tree.” Tom said,” No, we have to get him out of there. He might go to sleep in our tent.” “Maybe we could make him leave if we put some honey outside for him to eat.” Susie suggested(建议). Then I said, “How are you going to get the honey? It’s in the tent.”

We watched the bear go into the tent and heard him upset(翻倒，弄翻) everything inside. “It’s foolish for us to try to chase him away.” said my husband, “Leave him alone and wait for him to come out.” we waited, but the bear stayed inside. We had to sleep in the car that night. 【小题1】Where did the family go last summer?

A. They went to the Central Park. B. They went to Yellow Stone National Park. C. They went to a zoo.

【小题2】Tom wanted to go to the park to see _______. A. tigers. B. wolves C. bears

【小题3】Who do you think saw the bear first? A. Susie B. Tom. C. The writer.

【小题4】What did they do when they saw a bear go into their tent? A. They chased the bear away.

B. They stayed outside the tent and did nothing. C. They put some honey outside for the bear to eat. 【小题5】What did the bear do in the tent? A. He ate the honey and slept. B. He chased the people away. C. He turned everything upside down.

16、It was a village in India. The people were poor. However, they were not unhappy. After all, their forefathers (祖先) had lived in the same way for centuries.

Then one day, some visitors from the city arrived. They told the villagers there were some people elsewhere who liked to eat frogs’ legs. However, they did not have enough frogs of their own, and so they wanted to buy frogs from other places.

This seemed like money for nothing. There were millions of frogs in the fields around, and they were no use to the villagers. All they had to do was to catch them. Agreement was reached, and the children were sent to the fields to catch frogs. Every week a truck arrived to collect the catch and hand over the money.

第 40 页 共 240 页

For the first time, the people were able to dream of a better future. But the dream didn’t last long.

The change was hardly noticed at first, but it seemed as if (好像) the crops(庄稼) were not doing so well. More worrying was that the children fell ill more often, and there seemed to be more insects around lately.

The villagers decided that they couldn’t just wait to see the crops failing and the children getting weak. They would have to use the money they’d just had to buy pesticides (杀虫剂) and medicine. Soon there was no money left.

Then the people realized that what was happening. It was the frogs. They hadn’t been useless. They had been doing an important job—eating insects. Now with so many frogs killed, soon there were more and more insects. They were doing harm to both crops and people.

Now, the people are still poor. But in the evening they sit in the village square and listen to sounds of insects and frogs. These sounds of night now have a much deeper meaning. 【小题1】Why did the villagers agree to sell frogs? A．They needed money to buy medicine. B．They wanted to please the visitors. C．The frogs were easy money. D．The frogs made too much noise.

【小题2】What might be the cause of the children’s sickness? A．The crops didn’t do well. B．There were too many insects. C．The visitors brought in disease. D．The pesticides were overused.

【小题3】What can we learn from the last sentence of the passage? A．Good old days will never be forgotten. B．Health is more important than money.

C．The harmony between man and nature is important. D．Happiness comes from peaceful life in the country.

17、You will have a lot of reading to do in this grade this year. You can do more of it in less time if you learn to read rapidly. Perhaps you have been told about some habits which keep a person from reading fast and have been strongly asked to break those which you might have.

Do you still have any of these bad habits? Check yourself by answering “yes” or “no” to these

第 41 页 共 240 页

questions.

（1）Do you move your lips(嘴唇) when reading silently? （2）Do you point to words with your finger as you read? （3）Do you move your head from side to side as you read? （4）Do you read one word at a time?

If you answer “yes” to any of these questions, start at once to break the habit.If you move your lips, hold your fingers over them,or hold a piece of paper between your lips while you are reading. Then if your lips move, you will know it and can stop them.

If you point to words, hold the two sides of your book, one side with your left hand, the other side with your right hand. Then you won’t have a free finger to use in pointing while reading. If you move your head, place your chin(下巴)in one hand and hold your head still(静止不动的).

If you read no more than one or two three words at a time, you need to work very hard in learning to take in more words at each glance(一瞥) as your eyes travel across the lines of words.

Even if you do rather fast now, you can learn to read even faster.As you probably have beentold, the fast reading is to take in whole groups of words as each glance. Read in thought groups and force(强迫)your eyes along the lines of words as fast as you can make them go. Anyone who practices doing these things will be able to read faster

【小题1】You may hold your fingers over your lips while reading so as（为了 ____. A．to tell others to be silent

B．to feel whether your lips move or not C．to hold a piece of paper between them D．to keep yourself from talking to others 【小题2】When you read, ________________ . A．don’t keep your head still

B．don’t hold your books with your hands C．don’t stand up near a desk

D．don’t use your finger to point to words

【小题3】If you learn to read fast, __________________. A．you can read more in less time B．you can write faster C．you can understand better D．you can read less in more time

第 42 页 共 240 页

【小题4】You must _____ those habits that we are talking about in this reading. A．remember B．have

C．get rid of(消除) D．keep

【小题5】The best title for this passage is ____________. A．How to read rapidly B．What to read C．Reading rules

D．Ways to read less in more time

18、Teeth are important. Strong , healthy teeth help you chew(咀嚼) foods that help you grow. They help you speak clearly. And yes ,they help you look best. Here are some tips for you to take care of you teeth:

1. Brush your teeth the right way.

Brush your teeth at least twice a day – after breakfast and before bedtime. If you can, brush after lunch or after sweet snacks, too. Brush all of your teeth, not just the front ones. Spend time brushing teeth along the sides and back of your mouth. Spend at least three minutes each time you brush. Play a song you like to help pass the time. Get a new toothbrush every three months. When you buy toothbrush, be sure it has soft bristles(鬃毛)．

2. Learn how to floss(用牙线剔牙) your teeth..

Flossing is a very important way to keep your teeth healthy. Food may hide between two teeth. Flossing can help get rid of it. You’ll need to floss your teeth at least once a day. 3. Have good eating habits.

You need to be careful about what you eat and drink. Eating sugar is a major cause of tooth decay(蛀牙). Eat lots of fruits and vegetables and drink water instead of soda（苏打）. 【小题1】What is the major cause of tooth decay? ______ A．Not brushing teeth

B．Not changing toothbrush

C．Eating sugar D．Not flossing teeth

【小题2】How often should we change our toothbrushes? A．never

B．three times a month

C．every three months D．every month

【小题3】The bristles of the toothbrush must be______ A．hardB．soft C．expensive

D．not mentioned

第 43 页 共 240 页

【小题4】Which is the right way to take care of teeth? ______

A．Only brush front teeth. B．Not brush teeth before sleeping.

C．Spend at most three minutes to brush teeth each time.

D．Eat lots of fruits and vegetables and drink water instead of soda.

19、Henry works in a factory. He comes from a poor family and was in school for only four years. He has to do the hard work, but he hasn’t got much money. He likes to watch football matches very much and spends much time on it.

One evening there was a big football match on a playground. He borrowed some money from his friend and hurried there. There were a lot of people there. And all the tickets were sold out. He was sorry for it. He saw a pole (电线杆) outside the playground and climbed up it quickly. A policeman came and said, “It’s dangerous to stay on it! Come down!” “Wait a minute, please!” Henry said and just at that moment the policeman heard cheers in the playground and asked in a hurry, “Which team has kicked a goal?” “Ours!” “Wonderful! You can stay there. But take care!” the policeman said happily and left.

When the match was nearly over, he came again and asked, “Who's won?” “Theirs, 3:2.” “Come down,” said the policeman angrily. “Such a match isn't worth watching!” Henry had to come down. But soon they heard cheers again. The policeman said anxiously, “Climb up and quickly and see who’s kicked a goal!” 【小题1】Henry didn’t have much schooling because ______. A．he liked playing football.

B．he spent much time on watching football match C．his family was poor.

D．he had to do the hard work when he was in school 【小题2】Henry watched the big football match ______. A．at his friend’s home B．on the playground C．on a pole in the playground. D．on a pole outside the playground

【小题3】The policeman became ______ when Henry said “Theirs, 3:2” A．happy B．angry

C．worried D．excited

【小题4】From this passage, we know ______ are football fans. A．all the people C．the policeman

B．Henry

D．both Henry and the policeman.

第 44 页 共 240 页

20、My mom isn’t fancy like other moms．They wear fancy clothes and drive fancy cars．My mom wears her gardening clothes when she walks me to school．

When fancy moms laugh，their laughs sound soft and whispery．You can hear my mom’s laugh from down the hall．I show her how to laugh quietly and she practices．But before long she starts laughing even harder than before．

At the talent show，my mom cheers loudly，“Bravo，everyone！Bravo！”instead of clapping politely the way fancy moms do．

For our class hikeparents are invited．At breakfast I go over my rules for Mom，“Please （徒步旅行），don’t whistle．Don’t laugh loudly．No clapping．And stay in line．”

The other moms show up wearing fancy jackets and sneakers．My mom wears cutoffs，a floppy straw hat，and her old hiking boots．

We hike along，all in a line．Soon Mom starts to whistle her hiking songs，She’ll Be Coming Round the Mountain．I shake my head at her．She stops and whispers，“Oops．Sorry，Jane．” We keep hiking．Everything is perfect until…

Our teacher，Ms．Steele，stops and points，“A snake！”All the moms hold their kids hands and back up，except my mom．“Watch out！It might be poisonous（有毒的）！”Ms．Steele says．

The other moms shuttle back some more．However，my mom steps forward and says，“Hmm．Let’s see what kind it is．Nope，lt’s not poisonous．”

I shut my eyes．I know what’s coming next．Mom makes a sudden attack．“Got it！”she says．The other moms scream，not sounding fancy at all．

Kids gather around as Mom examines the snake．“It’s OK to touch，”she says．

Everyone’s too scared，but I go first．“snakes aren’t slimy，”I tell them．Right away，others line up．A couple of the fancy moms come up to touch the snake’s tail．

Later，Ms．Steele tells us to draw our favorite part of the hike．After a while，I look around quickly．Everyone’s picture is of Mom and me with the snake．

As we hike back to the bus，I squeeze Mom’s hand．“I’m glad I didn’t tell you my don’t-catch-snakes rule．”She smiles．But soon，she’s whistling her hiking songs again！

I start to make her silent，then stop．Instead，I take a deep breath and sing out too．Everyone joins in，even the fancy moms．

【小题1】The word“fancy”in this passage is close to“ ___________”． A．fashionable or expensive B．energetic or valuable

第 45 页 共 240 页

C．modern or comfortable D．common or popular

【小题2】Jane tries to make some rules for her mom because ． A．she expects her mom not to catch snakes B．she is afraid her mom will make her lose face C．she wants her mom to be different from others

D．she wishes her mom to act more politely than the other moms 【小题3】Jane begins to feel proud of her mom when ． A．she goes first to touch the snake and other kids follow her B．she joins her mom in singing together with the other moms C．she tries to stop her mom whistling but later she gives up D．she finds everyone drawing about her mom and her with the snake 【小题4】Which can be the best title for the passage？ A．My Mom Isn’t Fancy B．Our Hike Isn’t Perfect

C．An Unpleasant Talent Show D．An Unforgettable Experience 1、

2、

3、

4、

第 46 页 共 240 页

5、

6、

7、

8、

9、

10、

第 47 页 共 240 页

11、

12、

13、

14、

15、

16、

第 48 页 共 240 页

17、

18、

19、

20、

中考英语阅读理解集练——人生百味类

1、

Confidence is very important in daily life. It can help you to develop a healthy attitude （态度）.A study shows that the people who are more confident are much happier. They can have more chance to make themselves successful. But how to be more confident? Here are some suggestions:

·Speak loud When you are not confident, you can't do well what you want to do. You speak in a voice so low that other people can hardly hear you. Try to speak loud enough so that people can hear you clearly. The high voice can help you become more confident.

·Play sports Physical exercise makes you tired but completely relaxed. A strong body helps you be full of confidence. ·Encourage yourself Write down a list of things you did during the day to see how many things you have done well. Did you finish your homework? Did you tell a joke that made everybody laugh? Give yourself praise for the good things you've done.

第 49 页 共 240 页

· Get rid of （消除） fear Fear comes along with failure （失败）. But it's easy to overcome （克服） if you know that failure is part of your life. Don't hide your head just because you said something stupid last time. Try to start again and believe you can do better.

·Pick up a hobby If you like singing, sing as much as you can. In some ways, a hobby can make you outstanding. And it will make you happy and confident. （一）根据短文内容简要回答问题。

【小题1】How many suggestions can help you to be more confident? ______________________________________________________________ 【小题2】How can you encourage yourself?

______________________________________________________________ （二） 将短文中划线的句子译成汉

【小题3】______________________________________________ 【小题4】______________________________________________ （三）请给短文拟一个适当的标题。

【小题5】_____________________________________________

2、Visiting the forest zoo

Come and see the Indian elephants and the new tigers from Northeast of China. The beautiful birds from England are ready to sing songs for you, and the monkeys from Mount Emei will be happy to talk to you. The lovely dogs from Australia want to laugh at you. Sichuan pandas will play balls for you. The giraffes from Africa (非洲) are waiting to look down on you. Tickets Opening time

Grown-ups (成人) : 3 yuan 9:00 a.m.—4:00 p.m. (Monday—Saturday) Children over 1.4 m : 2 yuan except (除了) Friday (closed) Children under 1.4 m : Free10:00 a.m. –-3: 00 p.m. (Sunday) Keep the zoo clean！

Do not touch(触摸), give food or go near to the animals.

【小题1】Why does the writer introduce (介绍) so many animals from different places to us? A．To frighten us in the zoo. B．To make us lovely in the zoo. C．To attract(吸引) us to the zoo. D．To show animals can do everything.

第 50 页 共 240 页

【小题2】How much does Mr. Smith have to pay if he visits the zoo with his 3-year-old son? A．3 yuan. B．4 yuan. C．5 yuan. D．6 yuan.

【小题3】At which of the following time can we visit the zoo? A．8:30 a.m. Wednesday. B．9:30 a.m. Friday. C．2:00 p.m. Sunday.

D．5:00 p.m. Tuesday.

【小题4】What should we do in the zoo?

A．To spit everywhere. B．To throw things everythere. C．To keep the zoo clean.

D．To keep the zoo full.

【小题5】 From the passage, we can infer (推断) that a giraffe must be a very ________ animal. A．fat B．short

3、阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。

What do people do with their old, out of date but still useful computers? Most people don’t know how to deal with them．Many old computers are put away．Many more are simply thrown away as rubbish． Finally, some companies are thinking of ways to bring down the number of old computers．Sony has agreed to help recycle old Sony products(产品)．Dell, Hewlett Packard and other companies now also take back some old computers of their own brands．

In some countries, laws have been passed, too．Computer companies have to pay for collecting and recycling their used products．And 70% of the computer waste must be recycled．The idea behind the laws is that computer companies themselves should pay for the cost．That will encourage them to make computers which are easier and cheaper to repair and upgrade(升级)．

Yet many people are throwing away good computers, while others cannot afford them at all．Hundreds of organizations are working on this problem．They collect and repair old computers．Some also teach others how to repair computers．These repaired computers then go to schools, charities(慈善团体) or people who need them．Giving a used computer to one of these organizations can turn one person’s rubbish into someone else’s useful things and cut down waste, too． 根据短文内容，选择正确答案。

【小题1】What do many people do with old computers? A．They repair them． B．They sell them．

C．They send them to others． D．They stop using them．

第 51 页 共 240 页

C．strong D．tall

【小题2】How many computer companies are mentioned in the second paragraph？ A．One． B．Two． C．Three． D．Four．

【小题3】According to the laws in some countries, computer companies must _____． A．recycle most of their products B．collect all their used products C．repair and upgrade old computers D．make more cheaper computers

【小题4】What do the organizations do to solve the problem of old computers? A．Help the computer companies to collect them． B．Repair and send them to those who need them． C．Help people to learn to use them． D．Turn rubbish into useful things．

【小题5】What is the main idea of this passage? A．Repairing old computers．

B．Encouraging to make cheap computers． C．Recycling old computers．

D．Helping those who need computers．

4、阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。 A

As a child, I was really afraid of the dark and of getting lost．These fears were very real and caused me some uncomfortable moments.

Maybe it was the strange way things looked and sounded in my own room at night that scared (使惊恐) me so much．There was never complete darkness, but always a streetlight or passing car lights, which made clothes on the back of a chair take on the shape of a wild animal．Out of the corner of my eye, I saw the curtains (窗帘) seem to move when there was no wind．A very low sound in the floor would seem a hundred times louder than in the day．My imagination would run wild, and my heart would beat fast．I would lie very still so that the “enemy” would not discover me.

Another of my childhood fears was that I would get lost, especially on the way home from

第 52 页 共 240 页

school．Every morning I got on the school bus right near my home．That was no problem．After school, though, when all the buses were lined up along the street, I was afraid that I would get in the wrong one and be taken to some other strange places．On school or family trips to a park or a museum, I wouldn’t let the leaders out of my sight.

Perhaps one of the worst fears of all I had as a child was that of not being liked or accepted by others．Being popular was so important t o me then, and the fear of not being liked was a serious one. One of the processes (过程) about growing up is being able to realize and overcome (克服) our fears．Understanding the things that scared us as children helps us achieve greater success later in life. 【小题1】________would scare the writer at night. A．Streetlight and car lights B．Wild animals and enemies C．Moving curtains and wind D．Strange sights and sounds

【小题2】When she went to some other places, she would________. A．walk away without others B．take a bus by herself C．follow others closely

D．make sure not to take a wrong bus

【小题3】Which of the following statements would be possibly TRUE when she was a child? A．She thought being popular among people was important. B．She was always the leader of the others. C．She always got poor grades. D．She was not at all liked by others.

5、阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。 B

When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence, word for word, into your own language．Take the sentence “How do you do?” as an example．If you look up each word in the dictionary, once at a time, what is your translation? It must be a wrong sentence in your own language． Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways．It’s important to master(掌握) the rules(规则) for word order in the study of English, too．If the sentences put words in a wrong order, the listene rs can’t understand the speakers’ sentences easily．Sometimes when the order is

第 53 页 共 240 页

changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn’t change．Let’s se e the difference between the two pairs of sentences．

“She only likes apples．” “Only she likes apples．”

“I’ve seen the film already．” “I have already seen the film．”

When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spirit(精神实质) of the language and use it as the English speakers do．

【小题1】From the passage we know that___________when we are learning English． A．we shouln’t put every word into our own language B．we shouldn’t look up every word in the dictionary C．we need to put every word into our own language D．we must read word by word

【小题2】The writer thinks it is___________in learning English． A．difficult to understand different sounds B．possible to remember the word order C．important to master the rules in different ways D．easy to master the rules for word order

【小题3】We can learn from the passage that___________．

A．the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the words B．the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentence C．sometimes different order of words has a different meaning

D．if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence must be different 【小题4】“She only likes apples,” ____________ A．is the same as “Only she likes apple”． B．is different from “Only she likes apple”． C．means “She likes fruit except apples”． D．means “She doesn’t like apples”．

【小题5】Which is the best title for this passage? A．Different Orders, Different Meanings B．How to speak English?

C．How to Put English into Our Own Language? D．How to Learn English?

第 54 页 共 240 页

6、Hello!This Chinese boy is Li Lei. He’s 12. He’s in No.3 Middle School. He’s in Class 2,Grade 1. His good friend is Jack. He’s an English boy. He’s in Li Lei’s school. He’s in Class1.Grade2. Mrs Read is an English teacher in their school.She’s an English woman. Jack an Li Lei has a secret(秘密)----Jack is their English teacher’s son.

【小题1】How old is Li Lei? A．11 B．12 C．13 D．14 【小题2】What class is Li Lei in? A. Class1.Grade1 B Class2.Grade1. C. Class1.Grade2 D. Class2.Grade2 【小题3】What’s Li Lei’s friend’s name? A．Li Lei B．Read

C．Jack D．Green

【小题4】Who’s their English teacher?

A．Li Lei B．Jack C．Mrs Green D．Mrs Read 【小题5】Is Jack Mrs Read’s son? A．Yes, he is. B．No, he isn’t. C．Yes, he isn’t. D．No, he is.

7、You may know the English letters A, B and C. But do you know there are people called ABCs? Do you know there is such a thing as “a banana person”? How strange! ABC means American-born Chinese. An ABC is a Chinese, but was born in the United States. Sometimes, people call an ABC a “banana person”. A banana is yellow outside. So, when a person is a “banana”, he or she is white inside—thinking like a Westerner and yellow outside—looking like a Chinese.

Usually, ABCs know little about China or the Chinese language. Some of them don’t speak Chinese. But if ABCs cannot speak Chinese, can we still call them Chinese people? Yes, of course. They are overseas（海外的）Chinese. These people may be citizens（公民）of another country like the US, Canada or Singapore. But they have Chinese blood. Their parents, grandparents or even great-grandparents were from China. They all have black eyes and black hair.

But they are not Chinese citizens. They are people of the People’s Republic of China. For example, we all know the famous scientist C. N. Yang. He got the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1957. Chinese people （杨振宁）love him. But he is an American citizen.

【小题1】“ABCs” in this passage means_____________. A．three English letters B．a kind of banana

第 55 页 共 240 页

C．Chinese born in America D．Americans born in China

【小题2】Chinese in Western countries are called “banana persons” because_____. A．their bodies are white inside but yellow outside B．they think like Westerners but look like Chinese C．they were born in China but go to study in America D．they like to eat bananas

【小题3】The underlined word “blood” may probably mean ________. A．洪水

B．祖先

C．身份

D．血统

【小题4】Which of the sentences is WRONG about ABCs? A．They are Chinese citizens. B．They are overseas Chinese. C．They may speak little Chinese. D．ABCs may know little about China.

【小题5】This passage mainly talks about________. A. different kinds of bananas B. overseas Chinese C. the Nobel Prize D. the story of C.N. Yang

8、What is your favorite holiday? Here are some students’ opinions. Sandy from Taiwan says:

My favorite holiday is the Mid-Autumn festival. I always visit my grandfather and grandmother, and we always go to the same restaurant on the mountain. At night, we always have a picnic, and watch the moon together. I enjoy it a lot. Yagna from India says:

My favorite day is Deepavali(屠妖节), which is also called Festival of Lights. People do some cleaning at home and light their oil lamps to thank for the defeat(败仗) of the bad king. To celebrate it, we also eat sweets and delicious food, wear new clothes, and give presents to our friends and relatives. Pat from Thailand says:

My name is Pat. My favorite holiday is Songkran. It takes place from the 13th to 15th of April. On the holiday people pour water on each other. It is a lot of fun. People also buy new clothes and they have big parties.

第 56 页 共 240 页

【小题1】What is Sandy’s favorite holiday? A．The Mid-Autumn festival.B．New Year's Day. C．Deepavali. D．Songkran.

【小题2】What does the underlined word “Songkran” probably mean in Chinese? A．音乐会 B．新年

C．中秋节 D．泼水节

【小题3】In order to celebrate Deepavali, we can ________. A．eat sweets and delicious food B．wear new clothes C．give presents to others D．all of the above

【小题4】Which of the following is TRUE? A．Pat from Thailand likes Deepavali (屠妖节) best.

B．Sandy can celebrate her favorite festival by pouring water on each other. C．Songkran takes place from the 13th to 15th of April.

D．Sandy always goes to different restaurants on the mountain to spend the Mid-Autumn festival.

9、American people like to say “Thank you” whenever others help them. People of many other countries do so, too. It is a very good habit.

You should say “Thank you” when someone passes you the salt on the table. When someone walking ahead of you keeps the door open for you, when someone says you have done your work well, or you have bought a nice thing, or your city is very beautiful. “Thank you” is used not only between friends, but also between parents and children, brothers and sisters, husbands and wives.

“Excuse me” is another short sentence they use. When you hear someone say “Excuse me” behind you, you know that somebody wants to walk past you without touching you. It’s not polite to interrupt（打断） others while they are talking. If you want to speak to one of them, say “Excuse me” first, and then begin talking. You should also do so when you want to cough or make any unpleasant noise before others. Let’s all learn to say “Thank you” and “Excuse me”. 【小题1】What is the main idea of this passage?

A. American people use “Thank you” widely to show they are polite. B. American people say “Excuse me” widely to show they are polite. C. It’s not polite to say “Thank you” and “Excuse me” in America. D. Both A and B.

第 57 页 共 240 页

【小题2】You should learn to say “Thank you” when ______. A．you say something kind to others B．you help others C．you are helped by others D．you need others to help 【小题3】“Thank you” is ______. A．widely used B．seldom used

C．used only by Americans D．used only between friends

【小题4】You should say “Excuse me” if you want to _____. A．cough B．make some noise C．go first D．all of the above

10、Share and Read

Do you have any books on your bookshelf for many years? Instead of throwing them away，here is another way for you to consider. If you have books that you do not read anymore，you can share them with others.

You can take the books to Share and Read. Share and Read offers used books in different categories(类别)，such as storybooks, children books，language books，cook books and computer books，etc. All the books are sold at low prices. Share and Read also aims to help poor children in

China. The money raised will be given to help build schools in the rural area.

We welcome all quality books. We do not want textbooks，magazines and dictionaries. Just make sure that your books are in good condition before giving them to us. Address:201 Riverside Main Street

Working hours:Saturdays to Sundays from 10:00 am to 5:00 pm Hotline: 7654-4321

We look forward to seeing you at Share and Read！ 【小题1】What is this piece of writing? A．A postcard. B．A poem. C．A diary. D．An advertisement.

【小题2】What do we know about Share and Read from this piece of writing?

第 58 页 共 240 页

A．It buys and sells books like other bookstores. B．It collects old books and uses them to help others. C．It buys books and gives them to schools in the countryside. D．It invites parents to read books together with their children. 【小题3】What does Share and Read want us to do? A．To buy new books for them. B．To give our used books to them. C．To sell our old books to them. D．choose good books for them.

【小题4】Which of the following will be accepted by Share and Read? A．Textbooks. B．Magazines. C．Dictionaries. D．Storybooks.

【小题5】If you don't have used books but still want to help，you can ____. A．buy books from them B．get in touch with them online C．visit them on weekdays D．collect broken books for them

11、Long, long ago there was a very foolish(傻的) thief. Do you know what he did one day? When he wanted to steal(偷) the bell on his neighbor’s door, he walked up to the door, took hold of(抓住) the bell and pulled hard（用力）. The bell made a very loud noise. The thief was afraid and went home.

Then he sat down to think, “I must do something about the noise,” he said. He thought and thought. At last he had an idea. “Ah, I’ll put some cotton in my ears. Then I won’t be able to hear the noise.” The next day he went to the door of his neighbor, and took hold of the bell. This time he pulled even harder. The bell rang loudly, but the thief did not hear anything. With another hard pull he got the bell out. Just then the neighbor came running out. “Steal my bell? I’ll teach you a lesson(教训),”the angry man shouted. And he hit the thief on the nose.

The foolish thief did not know how the neighbor found out he was stealing the bell. “Why did he come out just then?” he wondered(感到疑惑).

【小题1】The thief was trying to get______________. A．his neighbor B．his neighbor’s doorbell C．some cotton D．a door with a bell on it

第 59 页 共 240 页

【小题2】The thief put some cotton in his ears. He thought it would be ___________ for him to steal the doorbell.

A．safe B．difficult C．dangerous D．easy

【小题3】The neighbor hit the thief to_____________________. A．give him lessons B．punish (惩罚) him for stealing C．help him with the bell D．be his teacher 【小题4】Which of the following is TRUE? A．The thief understood why he was hit on the nose. B．The thief knew why the neighbor came out.

C．The thief thought the neighbor could not hear the bell.

D．The thief didn’t want to know why the neighbor ran out just at the time he stole the doorbell.

12、任务型阅读

For hundreds of years, scientists have been trying to answer what things have an effect on people’s emotions (情感). How you feel is controlled by many things. Your emotions can be affected by your personality, the actions of others and the events around you. Perhaps you don’t know your emotions can be influenced by the weather as well.

People often say they feel good when the sun is shining and sad when it is cloudy. In fact, sunlight makes us feel good. When sunlight hits our skins, our bodies produce a vitamin. Vitamins are chemical substances (化学物质) which we all need to stay healthy. Sunlight helps our bodies produce vitamin D. Vitamin D helps our bodies make a special chemical substance. This special chemical substance affects our brains(大脑) and makes us feel happy. For example, there are long, dark winters of little sunlight in Sweden and Norway, so many people in these countries often feel sad. Without much sunlight, their bodies produce less vitamin D. Without enough vitamin D, their bodies make less of this special chemical substance which makes them feel good. To help the people in these countries feel better, special “ sunrooms” with artificial(人造的) lights have been built. People can go there and get “sunlight” for an hour or two! The weather can also affect people’s emotions in other ways. Hot weather can make people angry because people feel uncomfortable when it is hot. In the same way, rain can make people angry because being wet can be unpleasant. As you can see, the weather can have an effect on the chemical substances which control our brains. Through these ways, the weather can influence our emotions. Sadly , while the weather can change us, we can hardly change the weather. The【小题1】influences people’s emotions

第 60 页 共 240 页

What influen ces people’s emotions? Your【小题2】 the actions of others, the events 【小题3】you and the weather 【小题4】 are our emotions influenced by the weather ? 【小题5】

Our bodies produce a chemical substance when sunlight hits our skins. Then it makes us feel【小题6】 Hot weather

It can make people feel uncomfortable when it is hot. 【小题7】weather

Being wet can be so unpleasant that we feel angry.

【小题8】 The weather can influence our emotions【小题9】it influences the chemical substances that control our brains.

The weather can change us, but we can do【小题10】to change the weather.

13、阅读理解

We all have our own ways of sharing our life experiences with others. Photographers use cameras, artists use brushes, musicians use songs and writers use stories.

Spencer Johnson’s story Who moved My cheese? shows changes exist （存在于）in our life. Life changes and so do we. We must change ourselves to face the changing environment, or we will fail. Just look at the cycle（循环） of the seasons. Trees bud（发芽）in spring and in summer their leaves turn green. In autumn their leaves start to fall onto the ground. When winter arrives, there are no leaves on trees. Next spring the cycle begins again. We know it is colder in winter and hotter in summer, so we can dress properly.

Since we accept the cycle of nature, we should also accept the changes in our life.

We can prepare ourselves for changes by becoming more flexible. We can regard the changes （灵活的）in our life as chances. As long as we keep changing ourselves, we can keep up with the changes in our life. 【小题1】What’ the main idea of this passage? 【小题2】 How do writers share their life experiences?

【小题3】What does Who moved My cheese tell us? 【小题4】 Any change in our life could mean a for us.

【小题5】 What’s the Chinese meaning of the underlined sentence in the last paragraph?

14、Children have their own rules in playing games. They seldom need a referee (裁判) and rarely trouble to keep scores. They don’t care much about who wins or loses, and it doesn’t seem to worry them if

第 61 页 共 240 页

the game is not finished. Yet, they like games that depend a lot on luck, so that their personal abilities cannot be directly compared. They also enjoy games that move in stages, in which each stage, the choosing of leaders, the picking-up of sides, or the determining of which side shall start, is almost a game in itself. Grown-ups can hardly find children’s games exciting, and they often feel puzzled at why their kids play such simple games again and again. However, it is found that a child plays games for very important reasons. He can be a good player without having to think whether he is a popular person, and he can find himself being a useful partner to someone of whom he is usually afraid. He becomes a leader when it comes to his turn. He can be confident, too, in particular games, that it is his place to give orders, to pretend to be dead, to throw a ball actually at someone, or to kiss someone he has caught.

It appears to us that when children play a game they imagine a situation under their control. Everyone knows the rules, and more importantly, everyone plays according to the rules. Those rules may be childish, but they make sure that every child has a chance to win.

【小题1】To become a leader in a game the child has to __________. A．be popular among his playmates B．wait for his turn C．be confident in himself

D．play well

【小题2】What is true about children when they play games? A．They can stop playing any time they like. B．They can test their personal abilities. C．They want to pick a better team D．They don’t need rules.

【小题3】Why does a child like playing games? A．Because he likes the place where he plays a game. B．Because he can become popular among friends. C．Because he finds he is always lucky in games. D．Because he can be someone other than himself. 【小题4】What do we know about grown-ups? A．They are not interested in games. B．They find children’s games too easy. C．They don’t understand children’s games. D．They don’t need a reason to play games. 【小题5】The writer believes that __________. A．children should make better rules for their games

第 62 页 共 240 页

B．children should invite grown-ups to play with them C．children’s games can do them a lot of good D．children play games without reasons

15、Happiness is for everyone. You don’t need to care about those people who have beautiful houses with large gardens and swimming pools or those who have nice cars and a lot of money and so on. Why? Because those who have cars may want to walk on the country roads in their free time.

In fact, happiness is always around you if you put your heart into it. When you are in trouble at school, your friends will help you; when you study hard at your lessons, your parents are always taking good care of your life and your health; when you get success, your friends will say congratulations to you; when you do something wrong , people around you will help you to correct it. And when you do something good to others, you will feel happy, too. All these are your happiness. If you notice a bit of them, you can see that happiness is always around you.

Happiness is not the same as money. It is a feeling of your heart. When you are poor, you can also say you are very happy, because you have something else that can’t be bought with money. When you meet with difficulties, you can say loudly you are very happy, because you have more chances to challenge yourself. So you cannot always say you are poor and you have bad luck. As the saying goes, life is like a revolving (旋转的) door. When it closes, it also opens. If you take every chance you get, you can be a happy and lucky person.

【小题1】Those who have big houses may often feel _____. A．lonely B．happy C．excited D．free

【小题2】When you fall down in a PE class, both your teacher and your classmates will _____. A．play jokes on you

B．help you up

C．quarrel with you D．laugh at you

【小题3】What will your friends say to you when you make great progress? A．Good luck B．Oh, so do I C．Congratulations D．It’s just so-so

【小题4】Which idea is not right according to the passage? A．People who have cars would never like to walk in the open air. B．Happiness is always around you though difficulties come towards you. C．You can get help from others when you make mistakes. D．You can still be a happy person even if you have little money.

第 63 页 共 240 页

【小题5】Which of the following is this passage about? A．Bad luck.

16、Years ago, I lived in a building in a large city. The building next door was only a few feet away from mine. There was a woman who lived there, whom I had never met, yet I could see her seated by her window each afternoon, sewing or reading.

After several months went by, I began to notice that her window was dirty. Everything was unclear through the dirty window. I often said to myself, \"I wonder why that woman doesn't wash her window. It really looks terrible.\"

One bright morning I decided to clean my flat, including washing the window on the inside.

Late in the afternoon when I finished the cleaning, I sat down by the window with a cup of coffee for a rest. What a surprise! Across the way, the woman sitting by her window was clearly seen. Her window was clean!

Then it dawned on me. I was always criticizing(批评) her dirty window, but all the time I was watching hers through my own dirty window.

That was quite an important lesson for me. How often had I looked at and criticized others through the dirty window of my heart, through my own mistake?

Since then, whenever I wanted to judge(评判) someone, I asked myself first, \"Am I looking at him through my own dirty window?\"

Then I try to clean the window of my own world so that I may see the world around me more clearly and correctly.

【小题1】 The writer couldn't see everything clearly through the window because _________. A．the woman's window was dirty B．the writer's window was dirty C．the woman lived nearby D．the writer was near-sighted

【小题2】The writer was surprised that _________. A．the woman was sitting by her window B．the woman's window was clean C．the woman did cleaning in the afternoon D．the woman's window was still terrible

【小题3】 \"It dawned on me\" probably means \"_________\".

第 64 页 共 240 页

B．Life C．Good luck D．Happiness

A．I began to understand it B．it cheered me up C．I knew it grew light D．it began to get dark 【小题4】It's clear that _________. A．the writer never talked to the woman before B．the writer often washed the window C．they both worked as cleaners D．they lived in a small town

【小题5】From the passage, we can learn _________. A．one shouldn't criticize others very often B．one should often make his windows clean C．one must judge himself before he judges others D．one must look at others through his dirty windows

17、A young man went to a car shop. He was wearing rubber boots(橡胶靴子) and a dirty jacket. He needed a haircut(理发) very much. The young man looked at an expensive car carefully and then asked the shop owner(店主), “How much is this car?” “Nine thousand two hundred and eighteen,” the owner answered. “I want sixteen of them,” the young man said. The shop owner smiled coldly. He showed the door to the young man.

In another shop on the other side of the street the business was done(生意做成了). The young man took money out of his pocket and paid for the cars. He said the cars were for himself and his friends were. Each of them wanted to get one. He said that he and his friends were working on a fishing-boat. “We have got much money this season,” the y oung man said, “and we want to buy cars. ” 【小题1】The shop owner showed the young man the door means _______. A．to ask him to go away

B．to ask him to look at the door of the car C．to tell him where the door of the shop was D．to let him enjoy the beautiful door of the car

【小题2】How many cars did the young man want to buy for his friends? A．18. B．17. C．16. D．15.

【小题3】How much did the young man pay for the cars? A．9218.

B．92180. C．147488. D．138270.

第 65 页 共 240 页

【小题4】－What was the man?－He was a _______.

A．bank clerk B．school teacher C．shop owner D．fisherman

【小题5】The story tries to tell us _______. A．we can’t tell if a man is rich by his clothes B．cars are expensive

C．people wearing rubber boots are rich D．we can’t show the door to others

18、Alan worked in an office in the city. He often went to the beach on vacation. One day he saw an advertisement in a newspaper “Enjoy country life. Spend several weeks at Willow Farm. Good food, （广告）fresh air, horse riding, walking, fishing.

Reasonable prices(价钱适当).” “That sounds like a good idea,” he thought, “I’ll spend a month at Willow Farm. I’ll enjoy horse riding, walking and fishing instead of sitting by the seaside (海边).”

Four days later ，he came back home. “What’s wrong with Willow Farm?” his friend asked him, ‘Didn’t you enjoy country life?’ “Country life was fine,” Alan said, “But there was another problem.” “Oh, what?” “The first day I was there a sheep dies (死), and we had roast mutton (烤羊肉) for dinner.” “Fresh meat is the best.” “I know, but on the second day a cow dies, and we had roast beef for dinner.” “Lucky you!” “You don’t understand (明白),” Alan said, “On the third day a pig died, we had roast pork(烤猪肉) for dinner.”

“A different roast every day. “On the fourth day the farmer dies （死）and I didn’t dare（敢） stay for dinner.”

根据短文内容，判断下列句子的正(T) 误( F)。 【小题1】Alan worked by the seaside（在海边）. 【小题2】Alan often went to the city on vacation.

【小题3】Alan wanted to go on vacation at Willow Farm because saw an advertisement. 【小题4】Alan stayed there for four days.

【小题5】Alan came back home because country life is too bad.

19、Two men are walking in the park. One is Mr. Brown, a worker, the other is Mr. Black. Mr. Brown is going to a chair. It is next to the road. Mr. Black is after him. Mr. Brown finds Mr. Black. Now Mr. Black begins to walk faster (更快) because he wants to get to the chair before Mr. Brown. Now Mr. Brown begins to walk faster because he also wants to get to the chair first. Then they both run. Mr. Black runs faster than Mr. Brown. Soon they both run. Mr. Black runs faster than Mr. Brown. So he gets to the chair first and sits

第 66 页 共 240 页

down on it. Mr. Brown runs after Mr. Black. When he gets to the chair. He sees Mr. Black sitting on it. He is sorry to show a notice(通知) with the words “Wet Paint(油漆未干)” to Mr. Black. Now Mr. Black knows why Mr. Brown is going to the chair.

【小题1】Where are Mr. Black and Mr. Brown? A．In the gardenB．On the Chair C．In the park D．Next to the road.

【小题2】What are they doing? They are __________. A．walking B．walking to the chair C．holding a notice D．sitting on a chair 【小题3】 _______is after ______at first. A．Mr. Black, Mr. Brown C．Mr. Brown, Mr. Black

B．The worker, Mr. Brown D．Mr. Brown, the worker

【小题4】 ______ get to the chair first. A．Mr. Brown B．The worker C．Mr. Black

D．A student

【小题5】 Mr. Brown goes to the chair because ________________. A．he wants to sit there. B．it is his chair

C．he wants to talk to Mr. Black on the Chair D．he wants to tell people “Wet Paint”

20、完型填空

Have you ever had a day when everything goes wrong?Not too long ago, I was having one of those days. In low spirits, I was unhappy and ______. I was thinking about my problems. After all, no one else was ______the same problems as Iwas.

I expressed my sad_________to my mother, hoping for some pity. Instead, she said, “I heard Lily was having a difficult day,_______.Why don’t you make her some cookies and we’ll take them to her this afternoon?”I didn’t really want to, but decided that I didn’t want to go back to my own problems just yet. I made the______and placed them on a plate. Then I made a card with a sunflower on it and wrote a small warm and sweet note.

______, we dropped in at my friend’s house. I went to the door and rang the bell. Soon , Lily came to the door.She didn’t expect our visit. So she looked at us in surprise. Before she could say________, I rushed,

第 67 页 共 240 页

“I heard that you were having a hard day and decided to bring you something. I hope your day goes_______.”The look on Lily’s face was getting bright in that small act, It was as if a dark sky suddenly shone with the golden rays of the sun. Her day was__________.

I got back into the car and for some reason, I felt a lot better myself. That day I experienced the truth“Those who bring ________to the lives of others cannot keep it from themselves.” 【小题1】 A．excited B．angry

C．pleased D．sad

C．exercising D．explaining

【小题2】 A．experiencing B．expecting

【小题3】 A．plan B．idea C．stateD．result 【小题4】 A．also B．too C．either

D．neither

D．bread

C．That afternoon D．That night

【小题5】 A．hamburgers B．cookies C．cakes 【小题6】 A．That morning

B．That evening

B．something C．nothing D．everything 【小题7】 A．anything

【小题8】 A．bad B．well C．worse D．better 【小题9】 A．cheered up B．waken up 【小题10】 A．a cookie 答案 1、

C．turned up

D．cleaned up

B．sunshine C．a presentD．help

2、

3、

第 68 页 共 240 页

4、

5、

6、

7、

8、

第 69 页 共 240 页

9、

10、

11、

12、

13、

第 70 页 共 240 页

14、

15、

16、

17、

18、

第 71 页 共 240 页

19、

20、

中考英语阅读理解集练——科普环保类

1、Famous Inventions and Their Inventors

X-rays were discovered in 1895 by a German professor, Wilhelm Roentgen. People all over the world were amazed by his invention, the X-ray machine. This invention was so important that Roentgen won the first Nobel Prize for Physics in 1901.

The telephone was invented by Alexander Graham Bell, a doctor and speech teacher. The first phone call was made by Bell in 1876. He got acid(酸) on his pants by accident and wanted his partner, Thomas Watson, to help him. The first words spoken on the telephone were “Mr. Watson, come here! I need you!” Television was invented in 1926 by John Logie Baird, a Scottish inventor. Baird’s television certainly didn't look like a television today! Electronic televisions like the ones we have today were invented by Vladimir Zworykin in the 1920s in the United States.

第 72 页 共 240 页

The first computer was built in 1946 by two American engineers, J. Presper Eckert and John W. Mauchly. It was developed for the army, and it was so large that it took up the whole room! Later, in 1971, the “microchip” was invented, and small home computers were first produced for personal use. Today computers are involved in almost everything we do and are found almost everywhere we go. 根据短文内容，判断正(T)误(F)。

【小题1】X-rays were discovered by a Scottish inventor in 1901. 【小题2】Wilhelm Roentgen won the first Nobel Prize for Physics. 【小题3】The telephone was invented by a German professor.

【小题4】The first television and the ones we have today looked the same. 【小题5】Two American engineers built the first computer in 1946.

2、What do you see when you look at abstract (抽象) art? Does it make sense to you? Does it look like anything?

Abstract art became popular in the early 20th century. Artists did not want to paint, draw, or sculpt things like they looked. They didn’t want their art to be realistic (现实的). They were more interested in basic shapes（基础的造型） and colours.

Picasso is probably the most famous of these artists. He painted and drew in many, many styles. Sometimes he used a lot of blue colours (his “blue period”). Later, he used more red and pink colours (his “rose period”). Many of his other paintings are called “cubist (立体画派)” because they are made of painted squares.

After a long time, Picasso’s paintings became more and more abstract. He painted people and things using strange shapes. His work was so original, many his fellow artists didn’t understand it.

Kindinsky, another famous artist, used lines, shapes, and patterns to paint his subjects. His paintings also used strong colours to express feelings.

Other artists like the surrealists (超现实主义者), they were interested in the subconscious (潜意识). Painters like Breton and Magritte used many symbols (象征) in their work. The meaning or subject of their work wasn’t always clear. Dai, another artist, painted pictures that looked like dreams.

There are still many abstract artists around the world. It's often hard to say what their art is about. That’s the way many artists like better. They want each person to look at art and find their own meaning in it. 【小题1】Which would be most like abstract art? A．a painting of a horse B．a sculpture(雕塑) of a car

第 73 页 共 240 页

C．a drawing of two people in a coffee house. D．A red and blue painting, with no clear subject.

【小题2】What happened to Picasso’s work after a long time? A．It became more abstract. B．It became less original.

C．He went from using red colours to using blue colours D．He only painted with coloured squares

【小题3】Who is probably the most famous abstract artist? A．Breton B．Dali.

C．Picasso D．Magritte

【小题4】Which of the following is Not true? A．Picasso painted in many different styles. B．Dali was interested in dreams.

C．Abstract artists feel each work of art only has one meaning D．Magritte’s art was full of symbols.

3、阅读下面的材料，根据材料的内容，选择正确答案填空。 Tigers are strong and dangerous animals. But now they are in danger.

In the past, there were eight kinds of tigers in the world. But during the 20th century, only five were left. The number of Siberian tigers (东北虎) was about 300, but now it is less than 22. They’re in danger of dying out. If the government does nothing, we won’t be able to see them in ten to twenty years.

In order to stop people from hunting and killing wild tigers, and in order to make wild tigers more, the World Wildlife Fund (世界自然基金会) has started a program (项目) recently (最近). China and twelve other countries joined it.

However, it’s not enough. Remember that nature is a food chain (链). If we hurt and kill too many wild deer and pigs, wild tigers will die out because of hunger (饥饿). So the most important thing is to save the animals that tigers eat. In order to protect the wild tigers, we need call on (号召) more people to stop eating, hunting and killing wild animals. 根据短文内容，选择正确答案。

【小题1】During the 20th century, _______ kinds of wild tigers were left. A．3

B．5

C．8

D．20

【小题2】The number of the wild Siberian tigers reduced (减少) about _______. A．5% B．22 C．93%

D．30%

第 74 页 共 240 页

【小题3】Wild tigers will be in danger of dying out without _______. A．pigs B．deer C．people D．A and B

【小题4】Which of the following statements is NOT true? A．There are less than 22 wild Siberian tigers now. B．There are twelve countries in the World Wildlife Fund. C．Wild tigers mainly feed on pigs and deer. D．It’s our duty to protect the wild tigers. 【小题5】The passage mainly tells us _______. A．why and how do we protect the wild tigers

B．the government does everything they could to protect the wild tigers C．the wild tigers will die out in ten to twenty years

D．the most important thing is to save the animals that tigers eat

4、阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。

At present, too much carbon dioxide(二氧化碳) makes the earth warmer and warmer and causes terrible effect to human beings．To save our planet, to save ourselves, a new lifestyle called low-carbon life(低碳生活) becomes popular．Low carbon means low energy and no waste．It is necessary for everybody to learn to live a low-carbon life．

To live a low-carbon life, we’d better save energy as possible．Turn off the lights and TV whenever they are not needed．If possible, use cold water to wash clothes or dishes．Take a short shower and try to take a cold one when the weather gets warm．Don’t do the cooking with electricity．

To live a low-carbon life , we should eat less meat．Everybody knows eating too much meat makes people fat and easy to have heart disease, but maybe you don’t know keeping animals for food produces even more carbon dioxide than all the cars in the world, and being a vegetarian can help reduce one and a half tons of carbon dioxide a year．Maybe it is a little difficult, but it’s really necessary．

To live a low-carbon life, we are supposed to do less shopping．When we go shopping, we may drive a car or take other transportations．On the one hand, these machines pollute the air and waste energy．On the other hand, most of us always buy some useless things because of some advertisements．It is not only a waste of money but also causes trouble to the earth, because as you know, making everything will produce carbon dioxi de more or less．

There are many other ways to live low-carbon life, such as recycling things, planting trees and reusing textbooks．If we can keep it a habit in our daily life, the earth will become a safer planet for us to live on．

第 75 页 共 240 页

根据短文内容，选择正确答案。

【小题1】_____ makes the weather on the earth get warmer． A．Little rubbish B．A waste of money C．Too much carbon dioxide D．A waste of water

【小题2】We can _____ to save energy in our daily life． A．use less electricity B．go to sleep with lights on C．wash clothes with hot water D．drive car to work

【小题3】The underlined word “it” in the third paragraph means _____． A．eating less meat B．having heart disease C．keeping animals for food D．eating less vegetables

【小题4】We should do less shopping because _____． A．wasting money causes trouble to people B．the advertisements are sometimes misleading

C．the less you shop, the less carbon dioxide will be produced D．some of the things you bought are useless

【小题5】If everybody lives a low-carbon life, _____． A．we will waste more energy B．there will be less carbon dioxide

C．the earth will become a dangerous place to live on D．there will be more carbon dioxide

5、阅读下列内容，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。D

Some people think that singing can lift our spirits ( 情 绪 ), while some other people don’t think so．They don’t like singing and they think singing can never make them happy．I do think singing can make us feel good, and it can lift our spirits．Let me tell you more about that．

Some researchers (研究者) once did some surveys and proved it．The surveys show that singing can

第 76 页 共 240 页

bring a lot of health benefits (益处)．If you sing with your friends, the effects may be even better． John Lennon was once a teacher of Vocal Performance (声乐表演) at Emporia State University．He says, “Singing is an inborn (天生的) need．Babies sing to themselves and they seem so happy．Like babies, when we sing, we feel so good and singing makes us feel even better．I like singing and I am happy every day．”

Music is a part of human nature．And singing is a form of expression that can be understood by everyone．Some people say that music is like a kind of language．The language can show people’s opinions and attitudes(态度) to their life．Some songs can cheer people up when they are in trouble．Some songs can make people happy and excited．That’s why the TV show The Voice of China is so popular with people． 【小题1】According to some surveys, singing can bring __________． A．health benefits B．health problems C．happiness and success D．some trouble

【小题2】The underlined word “expression” probably means “_________” in Chinese． A．运动 B．表情 C．表达 D．放松

【小题3】The TV show The Voice of China is popular because _________． A．all the singers are good at singing and dancing B．songs make people happy and excited C．all the singers look nice in cool clothes D．songs are written by the singers themselves

【小题4】Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A．All people think singing can lift our spirits．

B．Some people don’t like singing and don’t think music can make them happy． C．If you sing in a group, there will be no benefits． D．No babies ever sing to themselves．

6、阅读填空

Every time we turn on the TV or take a ride in a car, we could be adding to a problem called acid

第 77 页 共 240 页

rain(酸雨)．In this article, we’ll learn something important about acid rain． The formation of acid rain

When people use fuels (燃料), such as coal and gasoline(汽油), poisonous（有毒的） gases are given off．When these gases come together with rain, acid rain forms．Many power stations burn fuels in order to create the electricity(电) that we use in our homes and offices every day．Cars and trucks also send these gases into the air when they burn gasoline．When rain meets these gases, harmful things called acids form．This is acid rain． The harm of acid rain

Acid rain destroys everything．It poisons our rivers, ponds and lakes and oceans along with the （破坏）life in them．It pollutes our soils and crops, harm trees, and can cause the death of fish and plants．Acid rain also eats away at our buildings． The prevention of acid rain

We need to reduce and even stop the pollution that gets into our air．Turn off lights, televisions and other electrical appliances(电器) if we are not using them．Walk and take a bike whenever possible．If we are travelling a long distance, take a bus or train to save fuel．

As research shows, acid rain harms our environment．But people everywhere can take small steps now to help protect our environment and make our children change．

7、阅读下列短文, 从每小题的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。 D

Almost everyone has dropped some food on the floor and still wanted to eat it．If someone saw you drop it, he or she might have shouted, “ 5-second rule!” This so–called rule says food is OK to eat if you

第 78 页 共 240 页

pick it up in five seconds or less．But is that true?

Professor Anthony Hilton from Ashton University, UK, tested the rule with his students．They found that food dropped for five seconds is less likely to contain bacteria(细菌) than if it sits there for longer. For the study, Hilton and his students tested a lot of foods——bread, pasta, cookies and candy—to see how much bacteria they had when they made contact with the floor．They allowed the food to lie on the different types of flooring—carpet(地毯), laminate (复合地板) and tile(瓷砖) — for three seconds to 30 seconds.

Not surprisingly, the longer the food was on the floor, the more bacteria it had．And the type of floor where the dropped food landed had an effect．Bacteria are least likely to transfer(转移) from carpet, while they are most likely to transfer laminate or tiled surface after more than five seconds．

The study also found that the wetter the food, the more likely it was to pick up bacteria．Although most people are happy to follow the 5-second rule, eating food dropped on the floor still carries an infection(感染) risk．“It very much depends on which bacteria are on the floor at the time.” Hilton told Forbes． 【小题1】What is the “5-second rule’ mean?

A．People often shout at someone when they drop food on the floor. B．Food is safe when you pick it up off the floor in less than five seconds.

C．It’s better to eat dropped food when it’s been on the floor for over five seconds． D．Food will go bad when dropped food on the floor in five seconds or less． 【小题2】Where is Ashton University? A．In the USA. B．In England. C．In China. D．In France.

【小题3】Hilton’s test wanted to find out____________. A．if the “5-second rule” is true B．the students’ favorite food C．which food is easily dropped

D．if different types of floor have different bacteria

【小题4】According to the test, we learn the following EXCEPT ________． A．the dropped food had more bacteria if it sat on the floor for longer. B．the dropped food on the carpet had the least bacteria.

C．bacteria was impossible to transfer from laminate or tiled surfaces.

第 79 页 共 240 页

D．the wetter food was likely to pick up bacteria.

【小题5】According to the article, the infection risk of the dropped does NOT depend on _____________. A．how long the food sits on the floor B．what the dropped food is C．what the bacteria are

D．what the weather is like that day

8、Do you know why different animals or pests have their special colours? Colours in them seem to be used mainly to protect themselves.

Some birds like eating locusts(蚱蜢)，but birds cannot easily catch them. Why? It is because locusts change their colours together with the change of the colours of crops. When crops are green, locusts look green. But as the harvest time comes, locusts change to the same brown colour as crops have. Some other pests with different colours from plants are easily found and eaten by others. So they have to hide themselves for lives and appear only at night.

If you study the animal life, you’ll find the main use of colours is protecting themselves. bears, lions and other animals move quietly through forests. They cannot be seen by hunters. This is because they have the colours much like the tree.

Have you ever noticed an even more strange act? A kind of fish in the sea can send out a kind of very black liquid(液体) when it faces danger. While the liquid spread over, the enemies cannot find it. And it immediately swims away. So it has lived up to now though it isn’t strong at all.

9、What is your favourite colour? Do you like yellow, orange, or red? If you do, you must be an active person who enjoys life. Do you like blue? If you do, then you are probably quiet, shy, and would rather follow than lead.

Colours do influence our moods. A yellow room makes most people feel more cheerful and more relaxed than a dark green one; and a red dress brings warmth and cheer to the saddest winter day. On the other hand, black is depressing(令人压抑的). There was a black bridge over the Thames River, near London. The number of people who killed themselves on that bridge used to be larger than on any other bridge in the area-until it was repainted green.

Light and bright colours make people not only happier but also more active. In the factory, the workers will work better, harder, and have fewer accidents when their machines are painted orange rather than black. 【小题1】Most people feel more ______in a yellow room than in a dark green one.

第 80 页 共 240 页

A. tired B. bored C. relaxed

【小题2】Why did more people probably kill themselves on the black bridge than on any other bridge? A. Because the bridge was too crowded. B. Because people didn’t like the bridge.

C. Because the colour of the bridge was depressing. 【小题3】Which could be title for the passage? A. Your Favourite Colour B. The Secret of Colour C. The Colour of a Bridge

10、What colour is your name? What colour is Wednesday? These questions might sound strange to most people, but some can answer right away. One person says her name is the colour red. For another person, Wednesday is blue. These people have a condition called synesthesia. This means they experience two senses at the same time. For these people, the senses of smell, sound, sight, touch, and taste are not separate (分开的）.They might see and also hear colours, for example, or hear as well as feel sounds. The most common form of synesthesia is to hear sounds as colours, A person with synesthesia might hear the number three as blue or the letter D as red. Someone might always see green upon hearing the word April. Another person might see different colours while listening to music. Some people also taste colours. To one person, beef might taste blue and to another, yellow. Some people experience feelings in colour. For example, one person with synesthesia reports feeling pain as the colour orange.

Another form of synesthesia is to experience sounds or tastes as shapes. Some people see music as squares and circles. Some people taste a sweet as a smooth ball. There are other forms of synesthesia, as well. For one man, different words have different tastes. Some words taste like pork；others taste like potatoes or eggs.

Synesthesia is not a common condition. Perhaps only one person in every 5,000 has it. For these people, the everyday world can be a colourful and interesting place. 【小题1】What is this passage mainly about? A．An unusual condition.

B．People who like colour.

C．The colour of pain. D．Music and art.

【小题2】How many people probably have synesthesia? A．Only 5,000 in the world. B．One out of every 500. C．About 5 million. D．One out of every 5,000.

第 81 页 共 240 页

【小题3】Which is the most common form of synesthesia? A．Experiencing tastes as shapes. B．Experiencing sounds as colours, C．Experiencing words as tastes. D．Experiencing music as shapes,

【小题4】Which of the following is NOT an example of synesthesia? A．Feeling pain in red. B．Tasting beef as green. C．Feeling warm in April. D．Seeing music as squares.

11、People think of ice cream as an American food. Yet, ice cream really came from Asia. In the late 1200s Marco Polo, the great explorer, is said to have seen rich Asians eating dishes of ice. Camels had brought the ice from distant mountains. Before it was served, the ice had been flavored (调味）with fruits. Marco Polo brought this new dish to Italy, In France cooks changed the ice recipe (配方）and made ice cream.

At first, cooks tried to keep the recipe a secret. They wanted it to be a special dish for rich people. By the late 1700s, though, ice cream was sold throughout Europe and America.

Some great Americans loved ice cream. George Washington was the first to buy a special machine for making it. When Thomas Jefferson returned from France, he brought an ice cream recipe home with him. Dolly Madison, wife of President James Madison, also liked ice cream, and she often served it at the White House. Actually, a famous brand (品牌）of ice cream was even named after her.

In the late 1800s, the ice cream industry began to grow. A way of keeping ice cream frozen had been found, so ice cream makers did not have to worry about ice cream melting(融化）anymore. 【小题1】When did ice cream become well-known in many countries? A．In the 1200s. B．In the 1500s, C．In the 1600s. D．In the 1900s.

【小题2】Who do you think was the most important person in the history of ice cream? A．Marco Polo. B．Dolly Madison, C．Thomas Jefferson.

D．George Washington.

【小题3】Why can ice cream be sold everywhere today? A．Because people can afford to buy it.

第 82 页 共 240 页

B．Because there are many recipes for it, C．Because it is easy to keep it frozen. D．Because many people like ice cream.

12、It seems to be strange to you that there is a blind spot (盲点) on the eyes. Here is an interesting experiment (实验) that can make something disappear (消失), when one eye is open.

Make a card about the size of a postcard and write two English letters L and R on it, L on the left and R on the right. First, hold the card about 80 cm away and you see both the letters. Then close your right eye and look at the letter R only with your left eye. And now, as you move the card slowly towards you, you’ll find the letter L disappearing. But if you move the card nearer to your face, you can see the letter again. Now do the same experiment with your left eye closed, you’ll find the letter R disappearing.

Why does the letter disappear? It is because there is a blind spot on the eyes. When the image (影像) of the letter falls on the blind spot, you can’t see it. That is why either of the letters disappears. 【小题1】The writer of the passage thinks that ______________there is a blind spot on the eyes. A．few people know C．most people know

B．no one knows D．all the people know

【小题2】You fail to see the letter L in the experiment because ______________. A．your eyes are poor

B．its image falls on the blind spot C．your left eye is not open D．you move it close to your eye

【小题3】In which order (顺序) should you do the experiment? ①Hold the card ①Move the card nearer ①Close your right eye ①Write two English letters

①Look at the letter R ①Make a card A．①①①①①① B．①①①①①① C．①①①①①① D．①①①①①①

【小题4】The passage mainly (主要) tells us ______________. A．the blind spot can move B．an interesting experiment

第 83 页 共 240 页

C．where the blind spot is D．there is a blind spot on the eyes

13、Jeff Corwin is a scientist and author. He does these jobs with one life goal: to help save animals and their habitats. His latest book,100 Heartbeats: The Race to Save Earth’s Most Endangered Species, is a collection of stories about animals on the edge(边缘) of extinction. Corwin recently talked to TFK kid reporter Sarah Horbacewicz.

Reporter: How would you describe your job? Corwin: My job is to travel around, look at animals and tell their stories. Reporter: When did you know this is what you wanted to do? Corwin: I knew that when I was 6 years old. My dad was a police officer, and we lived in the city. I really enjoyed the time when I could go to the quiet countryside. The day that I saw my very first wild snake, I knew that’s what I would do for the rest of my life. I didn’t know if I would be a teacher or a zookeeper, but I know I would have a life connected with (与……有关) nature. Reporter: Why did you write the book? Corwin: We’re losing species (物种) very fast. I wanted to show people that while we are in a very serious situation, we are not at the point of no return. If we make big changes, we may have the chance to save what remains. Reporter: Is it true that humans are the reason that many of these animals are in danger? Corwin: Human beings have a powerful effect on every other living thing. The challenge is to make that effect a positive one. 【小题1】Jeff Corwin is a(n) __________. A．teacher B．author C．police officer

D．zookeeper

【小题2】Jeff Corwin’s life goal is to __________. A．protect the environment B．do some scientific researchers C．save animals and their habitats D．let more people know about nature

【小题3】The underlined word “extinction” means “________” in Chinese.

第 84 页 共 240 页

A．灭绝 B．生存 C．冬眠 D．饥饿

【小题4】What does the underlined sentence mean? A．Human beings are now in danger. B．We can’t save the endangered species. C．Humans can’t deal with serious situations.

D．We can make some changes to save the endangered animals.

【小题5】Which of the following is NOT true according to the reading? A．Corwin lived in the city when he was young.

B．Corwin has been trying his best to help save animals and their habitats. C．It isn’t true that humans can have a positive effect on other living things.

D．The first time Corwin saw the wild snake, he knew what to do for the rest of his life.

14、At present, too much carbon dioxide(二氧化碳) makes the earth warmer and warmer and causes terrible effect to human beings. To save our planet, to save ourselves, a new lifestyle called low-carbon life(低碳生活) becomes popular. Low carbon means low energy and no waste. It is necessary for everybody to learn to live a low-carbon life.

To live a low-carbon life, we’d better save energy as possible. Turn off the lights and TV whenever they are not needed. If possible, use cold water to wash clothes or dishes. Take a short shower and try to take a cold one when the weather gets warm. Don’t do the cooking with electricity.

To live a low-carbon life, we should eat less meat. Everybody knows eating too much meat makes people fat and easy to have heart disease, but maybe you don’t know keeping animals for food produces even more carbon dioxide than all the cars in the world, and being a vegetarian can help reduce one and a half tons of carbon dioxide a year. Maybe it is a little difficult, but it’s really necessary.

To live a low-carbon life, we are supposed to do less shopping. When we go shopping, we may drive a car or take other transportations. On the one hand, these machines pollute the air and waste energy. On the other hand, most of us always buy some useless things because of some advertisements. It is not only a waste of money but also causes trouble to the earth, because as you know, making everything will produce carbon dioxide more or less.

There are many other ways to live low-carbon life, such as recycling things, planting trees and reusing textbooks. If we can keep it a habit in our daily life, the earth will become a safer planet for us to live on. 根据短文内容，选择正确答案。

【小题1】_____ makes the weather on the earth get warmer.

第 85 页 共 240 页

A．Little rubbish B．A waste of money

C．Too much carbon dioxide D．A waste of water 【小题2】We can _____ to save energy in our daily life. A．use less electricity B．go to sleep with lights on C．wash clothes with hot water D．drive car to work

【小题3】he underlined word “it” in the third paragraph means _____. A．eating less meat B．having heart disease

C．keeping animals for food D．eating less vegetables 【小题4】We should do less shopping because _____. A．wasting money causes trouble to people B．the advertisements are sometimes misleading

C．the less you shop, the less carbon dioxide will be produced D．some of the things you bought are useless

【小题5】If everybody lives a low-carbon life, _____. A．we will waste more energy B．there will be less carbon dioxide

C．the earth will become a dangerous place to live on D．there will be more carbon dioxide

15、A kind of little cars may take the place of today’s big ones many years later. If everyone drives such cars in the future, there will be less pollution in the air. There will also be more space for parking in cities, and the streets will be less crowded.

The little cars of the future will cost less. Driving will be safer, too, since these little cars can go only 65 kilometers an hour. The cars of the future will be fine for going around a city, but they will not be useful for a long way. Little cars will go 450 kilometers before they need to stop for more gasoline (汽油). If big cars are still used with the small ones, two kinds of roads will be needed in the future. Some roads will be needed for the big, faster cars and other roads will be needed for the small, slower ones. 根据短文内容，选择正确答案。

【小题1】There is much pollution in the air today because _____. A．people drive big cars

第 86 页 共 240 页

B．people drive little cars

C．small cars will go 450 kilometers before they need to stop for more gasoline D．the usual size of cars today is too small 【小题2】The usual size of cars today is _____. A．much smaller than the future one B．as big as the future ones C．as small as the future ones D．bigger than the future ones

【小题3】Which of the following statements (陈述) is NOT true? A．Big cars cost more.

B．Big cars are not useful for a long way.

C．The cars of the future will be smaller than today’s cars. D．Small cars are slower than big ones.

【小题4】The streets will be less crowded because _____. A．there will be fewer cars in the future B．there will be fewer people in the streets C．three kinds of roads will be built D．future cars will be smaller

【小题5】Two kinds of roads will be needed in the future because _____. A．there will be too many cars in the future B．more and more people will go to cities C．big cars run faster and little cars run slower D．it looks more beautiful to have two kinds of roads

16、Want to know what we can do to help make our city a better place to live in? Why not take part in “Clean & Green weekend”? Join us, and you can make new friends and help protect the environment at the same time. Park Life

Do you like hanging out in the park with your friends? If so，why not take the chance to come with us and tidy up the park as you goTo add some fun, there is a gift for the person who collects the most rubbish! Meet us at the south entrance to Taohe Park at 9 a.m. next Saturday if you want to join in. The Air You Breathe

第 87 页 共 240 页

A great way to make the air we breathe cleaner is by planting lots of trees！It is a fact that trees slowly filter（过滤）a lot of pollutants from the air. So come and help us plant some new ones in Fenhe Park at 2 p.m. next Sunday. War on Graffiti（涂鸦）

Some people think graffiti is cool. Well, it is not! The best way to stop buildings from becoming totally covered in ugly graffiti is to get rid of it as soon as possible. And that is exactly what we are going to do. We are repainting the school walls from 1 p.m. on Saturday. You don’t have to bring any tools, just remember to wear some old clothes！

根据上面三个倡议的内容，选择正确答案。

【小题1】The main purpose of “Clean & Green Weekend” is to . A．make our city more beautiful B．offer the chance to have fun C．help students meet old friends D．have a nice weekend

【小题2】The students who want to join in the rubbish collecting activity must meet A．at 1 p.m. on Saturday B．at 2 p.m. next Sunday C．at 9 a.m. next Saturday D．at 3 a.m. on Sunday

【小题3】If we’re going to repaint the school walls, we need to . A．draw pictures well B．wear some old clothes C．bring some tools with us D．wear some new clothes

【小题4】According to the passage, we know . A．graffiti can make the buildings look cool B．the person who collects rubbish can get a gift C．we can plant trees to improve the environment D．we can draw pictures on the wall

【小题5】 We might read the above passage . A．in a fashion magazine B．on a school notice board

第 88 页 共 240 页

. C．in a newspaper advertisement D．on a hospital notice board

17、A school bus is one that is used to take children to and from school.

In the USA, about 450,000 school buses take more than 25 million children to and from school. The yellow school bus is a US icon (象征). Yellow became the color of school buses in the USA in 1939. Dr. Frank got the good idea. He said it was easy for people to see yellow buses and the black letters on them in early morning or late afternoon. That would make children safer.

There are not many school buses in Britain, and they are not yellow. They have trackers (追踪器) on them, so kids are being tracked while they travel to and from school by bus. The trackers let parents know where the school bus is and whether their kids are on the bus.

Kindergarten (幼儿园) is a difficult time for some kids. It's the first time for them to go away from their parents. To make kids love their school, Japanese kindergartens and schools have colorful buses. The buses can easily make children want to take them--and then, go to school. Even some parents want to take them, too!

School buses are becoming more and more popular in China now. It saves a lot of time for students to take a school bus.

【小题1】According to Dr. Frank, school buses are safer for the students. A．yellow B．black C．white

D．red

【小题2】According to the passage, in which country do the school buses have trackers? A．France B．Britain C．German D．Japan

【小题3】Children in Japan may easily by taking the school bus. A．save time

B．be tracked

C．play games D．love their school

【小题4】Chinese students will save a lot of time to to school. A．walk

B．ride a bike

C．take a school bus D．run

【小题5】This passage is mainly about . A．school buses B．school life C．popular colors

18、More and more people like bicycling and it is no surprise. It is fun, healthy and good for the

第 89 页 共 240 页

D．children

environment(环境). Maybe that’s why there are 1.4 billion bicycles and only 400 million cars on roads worldwide today. Bikes can take you almost anywhere, and there is no oil cost!

Get on a bicycle and ride around your neighborhood. You may discover something new all around you. Stopping and getting off a bike is easier than stopping and getting out of your car. You can bike to work and benefit(受益)from the enjoyable exercise without polluting the environment. You don’t even have to ride all the way.

Folding(可折叠的)bikes work well for people who ride the train. Just fold the bike and take it with you. You can do the same on an airplane. A folding bike can be packed in a suitcase. You can also take a common bike with you when you fly. But be sure to look for information by getting on airline websites. Not all airlines are bicycle-friendly to travelers. Health Benefits of Bicycling: It helps to prevent heart diseases.

Bicycling helps to control(控制) your weight.

A 15-minute bike ride to and from work three times a week burns off five kilos of fat in a year. Bicycling can improve your mood(心情).

Exercise like bicycling has been shown to make people feel better, more relaxed and self-confident. Bicycling is healthier than driving.

【小题1】From the passage, we know that bicycling is becoming very___________. A．surprising C．expensive

B．exciting D．popular

【小题2】When you are riding your bicycle around your neighborhood, you may_________. A．pollute the environment around B．find something you didn’t notice C．go everywhere and use a little oil D．get off your bike and begin to work

【小题3】If you travel with a folding bike, you can fold it and__________. A．get out of the car B．take it onto a train C．put it in your purse D．go on airline websites

【小题4】One of the benefits from bicycling is that_______________. A．you can fold the bicycle

第 90 页 共 240 页

B．you will be friendly to others C．you will be more relaxed D．you may get fatter and fatter

【小题5】 Which is TRUE according to the passage? A．Bicycling is enjoyable exercise for people B．Driving cars is healthier than riding bikes C．Riding a bike pollutes your neighborhood D．Common bikes are welcomed by all airlines

19、Scientists have found a new use for children’s imaginations(想象力)—to make Stomachaches go away.

The BBC reports a new study that shows: “Children can be taught to use their Imaginations to deal with stomachaches.” This may be very good news for parents who need a quick cure for their sick children. Any mother or father understands the stomach problem is one of the most frequent(时常发生的) things their children complain about. Around twenty percent of children suffer from stomachaches that doctors cannot find a reason for.

This new research is especially good for kids with active imaginations. Researchers found that the more creative the child is, the better he or she is at imagining the pain away.

The researchers used a relaxing CD with children. A voice guided them through different fantasy(幻想) situations. One of these was pretending to be floating on a cloud. Thirty children took part in the tests. Half of them used the “guided imagery” method, and the other half received normal medicines. Researchers found 73.3 percent of the CD users reported a reduction in pain. This compared to only 26.7 percent of kids who got normal treatment.

Study leader Dr Miranda Tilburg was very excited about her findings. She believed that it was a very cheap and easy way to stop children’s stomachaches. She said it would not work as well with adults. 【小题1】The new study may be good news for those who____________. A．have less imaginations B．don’t know how to relax

C．want to stop their kids’ stomachaches in a short time D．can find why children suffer from stomachaches

【小题2】What kind of kids will benefit(从…收益) most from the new research? A．Kids who like listening to music.

第 91 页 共 240 页

B．Kids who are good at remembering things. C．The independent(独立的) kids. D．Kids with active imaginations.

【小题3】Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A． Sometimes, doctors don’t know why children suffer from stomachaches. B． Children complain about their learning problems most frequently.

C．The more creative the child is, the less likely he or she is to have a stomachache. D． 30 children received normal medicines in the tests.

【小题4】From the end of the passage, we know that__________. A．adults can also use their imaginations to make stomachaches go away B．Dr Miranda Tilburg wasn’t pleased with her findings C．the normal cure for stomachaches will not be used

D．a cheap and easy way to stop children’s stomachaches has been found 【小题5】What does this passage mainly tell us? A．Tell us how to stop stomachaches in public places. B．Children can “imagine”their pain away. C．Children’s imaginations are very active.

D．It mainly talks about how to develop children’s imaginations.

20、The earth is about 4,600 million years old. Modern man has lived on the earth for only 35,000 years, but during that time, we have changed our planet in many ways. Many of the things that we have done are good, but more are not good for the earth. Water Pollution

A lot of people, birds and fish die each day because of water pollution. Factories have polluted the land and the water. As a result, many rivers and lakes are now dead. Air Pollution

In big cities, factories, as well as cars, trucks and buses are the main causes of air pollution. Many people in cities now have serious health problems. For example, Mexico city used to be a beautiful sunny capital, but today it is always covered by thick brown clouds. Soil Pollution

In order to have a good harvest, most of the farmers use chemicals too much in their fields. That’s bad for the soil. But this kind of pollution is difficult to stop.

第 92 页 共 240 页

Hope For The Future

These problems are very serious for our future, so all of us should do something to improve our environment. If we can stop pollution, our planet will become more and more beautiful and our health will be better. Let’s be greener people! 根据短文内容，选择正确答案。

【小题1】_____ have made the earth change a lot. A．Human beings B．Animals C．Plants D．People in other planets

【小题2】There are _____ kinds of pollution in this passage. A．two B．three

C．four D．five

【小题3】_____ is a big problem now. A．Pollution. C．Education

B．Population. D．Medical treatment

【小题4】Which sentence is NOT true according to the passage? A．Most of the things that we have done are good for our planet.

B．We must stop the factories from pouring waste water into the rivers and lakes. C．Because of water pollution, many rivers and lakes are now dead. D．Water pollution is very serious nowadays. 【小题5】Which sentence is TRUE?

A．Though Mexico city is always covered by thick brown clouds, it’s still a beautiful sunny capital. B．Air pollution can make people sick.

C．Now fewer farmers use chemicals in the fields.

D．Factories, cars, trucks and buses are the main causes of soil pollution. 答案 1、

2、

第 93 页 共 240 页

3、

4、

5、

6、

7、

第 94 页 共 240 页

8、

9、

10、

11、

12、

13、

第 95 页 共 240 页

14、

15、

16、

17、

18、

第 96 页 共 240 页

19、

20、

中考英语阅读理解集练——广告布告类

1、Sunny English Club For students

16:00 – 18:00 Every Saturday 200 Yuan a month 9 Zhou Yu Street Tel: 3785290

Foreign teachers, English songs and films and more! Ocean Museum

9:00—17:00 From Thursday to Sunday Ticket: 50 yuan 132 Xue Yuan Street Tel: 5439871

Show you a full picture of sea lives!

第 97 页 共 240 页

Health Centre 9:00—17:30 16 Yong Le Street Tel: 3801451

Free examinations for those over 70 Give you good advice to keep healthy!

【小题1】 You will pay ________ if you want to stay in the English club for half a year. A．￥300 B．￥600 C．￥1200 D．￥2400 【小题2】 You can visit Ocean Museum ________. A．on Saturday B．on Wednesday C．on Monday D．any time

【小题3】One can get free exams in Health Centre if he is ________. A．9

2、Bicycle Tour(旅行) and Race(比赛)

A bike tour and race will be held on August 26 and 27(Sat. & Sun.) at 5：30 a.m. The riders will leave Tiananmen Square and ride the first 35 kilometers as a training leg. Then the next 55 kilometers leg, from Yanjiao to Jixian, will be the first competitive(竞争性的) part of the tour. The riders and their bikes will then be taken from Jixian to Changli.

The second racing leg of the tour will be from Changli to the seaside of Nandaihe, covering a distance of 20 kilometres. Saturday night the riders will stay at Nandaihe for supper. Sunday morning is free for playing at the seaside. At noon all the people and their bikes will be taken back to Beijing. Cost： 200 yuan Telephone： 4675027

Ticket price： ￥60, ￥100, ￥150 Time/Date： 4：30 p.m., August 26(Sat.) Telephone： 5012372 Rock Climbing

The Third National Rock Climbing Competition will be held on August 26-27 at the Huairou Mountain Climbing Training Center. More than 10 teams from Beijing, Wuhan, Dalian, Jilin and other places will join in it. A Japanese team will give an exhibition(展出) climbing free for audience(观众). Take a bus from Dongzhimen to Huairou.

第 98 页 共 240 页

B．17 C．67 D．73

Time/Date： 9：00~12：00, August 26 and 27 Telephone： 7143177, 7144850

【小题1】 The main purpose(主要目的)of the passages in the newspaper is to give information about _____________. A．visiting teams B．famous players

C．things to do for the weekend D．prices to pay for the sports events

【小题2】If you take part in the bike tour, you will probably ride for _____________. A．35 kilometers C．90 kilometers

B．55 kilometers D．110 kilometers

【小题3】What is special about the rock climbing competition? A．A foreign team will join in it.

B．You can watch an exhibition climbing without paying. C．You can join in it if you are interested in it. D．The bus trip to the place of the competition is free.

3、

Canbury Youth Hotel Facilities(设施) 120 beds Open 24 hours, all year Car park No family rooms Games room Washing machines No smoking Camping Travel Information City centre three kilometers Bus service to city centre No. 14 (takes ten minutes), last bus 8:00 p.m. Next Hotels Charlestown 8 kilometres Kinscombe 15 kilometres Oxton 20 kilometres Meal Times Breakfast: 7:00 a.m. Dinner: 6:00 p.m. --- 7:00 p.m. Charges Under 18 ＄6.15 Adult ＄9.10

【小题1】If you stay in Canbury Youth Hotel, you can’t ______.

第 99 页 共 240 页

A．smoke B．play games C．park your carD．camp

【小题2】What is the nearest hotel? A．Canbury.

B．Kinscombe.

C．Oxton. D．Charlestown.

【小题3】How much is it for two 15-year-olds to stay one night? A．＄6.15. B．＄9.10. C．＄12.30. D．＄18.20.

4、Summer holidays are coming. Here are two posters for members of English Club in the schoolyard: Science and Technology Museum Opening hours: Sunday—Wednesday 10:00 am—5:30 pm Charge: $5 What’s on To all climbers! Place: Castle Peak Indoor Climbing Centre Date: 8:30 am, July, 15 Dos: Sign in when you come to the centre. Ancient Technology—the ground floor Climb with a partner. Modern Technology—the first floor Space—the second floor The Silk Road: trade and travel—the second floor Please note The museum is closed for 3 days during the Spring Festival every year. Contact us Information desk:73238299 Email:*************Wear a hard hat at all times. Wear the correct climbing shoes. Don’ts: Don’t eat or drink anywhere except(除. 了) in the caféDon’t listen to personal music players while climbing. Don’t light fires. Tips: Use a locker to store your things. Wear comfortable clothing. Wearing jewelry(珠宝) can cause accidents. Talking on a mobile phone while

第 100 页 共 240 页

climbing can be dangerous. 【小题1】If you want to visit the Museum on weekend, which of the following is the best time? A．10:00 am, Saturday B．2:30 pm, Saturday C．2:00 pm, Sunday

D．8:30 am, Sunday

【小题2】While climbing, it’s better to __________. A．talk on a mobile phone B．stay alone all the time C．listen to personal music players D．wear the correct climbing shoes

【小题3】Which of the following is right for the climbers? A．To keep the things in a locker. B．To wear jewelry while climbing. C．To eat something wherever they go. D．To wear a soft hat at all times.

5、Lost & Found

Lost: Found: Schoolbag My school ID card Is this your schoolbag? Its number is 2007712 It’s black and white. My name is Mary Brown. My name is Tony Green Please call 6956385 Phone: 2360731 Cindy，

Your red notebook is in the lost and found box. Mike

【小题1】Mary's school ID card number is ______. A．236¬0731 B．695¬6385 C．2007712 D．695¬8635

【小题2】The schoolbag is ______. A．green

B．white

C．red D．black and white

【小题3】Mary's phone number is ______.

第 101 页 共 240 页

A．695¬6385 B．2007712 C．236¬0731

D．659¬6385

【小题4】Tony' s last name is ______. A．Brown B．Green C．Mike

D．Cindy

【小题5】Cindy's ______ is in the lost and found box. A．school ID card B．schoolbag C．notebook

6、 Postman wanted English teacher wanted D．Baseball

No experience necessary but you must be Warm and patient college students. hardworking. Free to choose working hours. Have a driver’s license. Write to No. 38 Changhong Rd, Xiangyang. Taxi drivers wanted Full-time taxi drivers. Over five years’ experience, good knowledge of the city. Under 45 years old. For more information, please come to Shunda Taxi Company to visit the manager. Able to speak standard English, good with children. Time: on weekends. E-mail address: Sunshine School @163.com. Tour guides wanted Two years’ working experience. Good English and good at talking to people. Age: 20-30. Go to Friendship Traveling Company to ask the Manager for more information. 【小题1】If you want to be a postman, it’s necessary for you to have _____________. A．working experience B．good knowledge of the city C．a driver’s license D．a college student’s card 【小题2】Sunshine School needs _____________. A．excellent English teachers B．a hard-working postman C．full-time drivers

第 102 页 共 240 页

D．an outgoing tour guide

【小题3】If you want to be a taxi driver, you should _____________. A．be over 45 years old B．know the city very well C．write to No. 38 Changhong Rd. D．speak English well

【小题4】The tour guides wanted should ____________. A．have no working experience B．be patient with children C．be good at driving

D．speak good Englis

【小题5】You CAN’T get information by ___________ if you want to get a job above. A．making a call

B．going to visit the manager

D．writing a letter

C．sending an e-mail

7、Riding School:

You can start horse-riding at any age. Go riding any day except weekends.

But at 3:30 p.m. on Saturdays, there are 10 kilometers of rides across farmland and open countryside. You will need a riding hat.

Opening Hours: Any weekday: 9:00 a.m.－8:30 p.m. Phone: (412) 396-6754 Fax(传真): (412)396-6752 Sailing Club:

Our Young Sailor’s Course leads to the Stage 1 Sailing qualification(资格). You’ll learn how to sail safely. Have fun with other course members. Opening Hours: Tuesdays: 6:00 p.m.－8:00 p.m. Phone: (412)396-6644 Fax: (412)396-6644 Watersports Club:

We have a two-kilometer-long river for boat racing and water-skiing. You will learn to drive boats safely and confidently, but must be able to swim. The club is open every day from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. with lessons all through the day.

Opening Hours: From Monday to Friday: 9:00a.m.－4:00 p.m. Phone: (412)396-6899 Fax: (412)396-6890 Diving Centre:

Our experienced coaches offer one-month courses in deep-sea diving for beginners. There are two

第 103 页 共 240 页

evening lessons a week.

Opening Hours: Monday and Friday: 6:30 p.m.－8:30 p.m. Phone: (412)396-6312 Fax: (412)396-6706

【小题1】Which of the following should you join if you are able to swim and want to enjoy activities that are fast and a bit dangerous? A．Watersports Club B．Driving Centre C．Sailing Club D．Riding School

【小题2】Which number should be faxed if you like to experience a new activity in the countryside? A．(412)396-6644 B．(412)396-6706 C．(412)396-6752 D．(412)396-6899

【小题3】When should you attend your sailing lessons? A．Any weekday: 9:00 a.m.－8:30p.m.

B．From Monday to Friday: 9:00 a.m.－4:00 p.m. C．Monday and Friday: 6:30 p.m.－8:30 p.m. D．Tuesdays: 6:00 p.m.－8:00 p.m.

8、CCTV Programs CCTV-1 18:00 Around China 18:30 Children’s Programs 19:00 News 21*cm 19:30 Weather Report 19:40 Around the World 20:10 TV Play: Sisters 21:00 English for Today 21:15 Pop music 21*cm 21:55 Talk Show 21*cm

【小题1】If you want to watch a soccer game, the best program for you is ______.

第 104 页 共 240 页

CCTV-2 17:45 Computers Today 18:10 Foreign Art 18:30 English Classroom 19:00 Animal World 19:25 Classical Music 20:20 Sports 21*cm 21:00 TV Play: Guo Lanying 21:45 English News 22:15 On TV Next Week A．Pop Music B．Sports C．Animal World D．Talk Show

【小题2】The program_____will let you know much about foreign(外国的) countries. A．Around China

B．On TV Next Week

C．Sisters D．Around the World

【小题3】If you want to know something about tigers, elephants and monkeys, the best program for you is ____________. A．News

B．Classical music

D．Foreign Art

C．Animal World

9、阅读理解

请阅读上面的几则寻物及招领启事, 并完成下列各题。 【小题1】Please call ________. She found a watch. A．Helen B．Lisa C．Sue D．Tim 【小题2】—I lost a set of keys.

—Call _______ at _______. She found a set of keys. A．Sue; 531-3754 B．Helen; 422-9856 C．Tim; 524-6374 D．Tom; 483-9276 【小题3】What color is Tim’s cat? A．Yellow B．White C．Black

D．Yellow and white

【小题4】 ___________ lost his computer game. A．Tom

B．Sue C．Tim D．Lisa

【小题5】 _________ found a notebook and her number is __________. A．Sue; 531-3754 B．Lisa; 425-9536 C．Helen; 422-9856 D．Tim; 524-637

第 105 页 共 240 页

10、

House for Rent（出租） School Bus Driver Wanted 4 sunny bedrooms with one big kitchen Experience （经验）needed. 2,000 yuan a month Call Mrs. Chen at 812-8988 between 10 Call Mr. Li at 812-2457. a.m. and 5 p.m. on weekdays. Lost Cat American Dreams in China It’s black and white with blue eyes. It’s Saturday and Sunday big. Peace Cinema Call Mr. Brown at 812-9887. 40 yuan (free for children under 12 ) Call 812-8866 for more information. 【小题1】If you want to rent a house, you can call . A．812-2457

B．812-9887

C．812-8988

D．812-8866

【小题2】 lost a black and white cat.

A．Mr. Li B．Mr. Brown C．Mrs. Chen D．Mr. Zhou 【小题3】You can call Mrs. Chen . A．between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. on Monday B．between 9 a. m. and 6 p. m. on Thursday C．between 10 a.m. and 5 p. m. on Friday D．between 10 a. m. and 5 p.m. on Sunday

【小题4】

If Mr. Zhou wants to see American Dreams in China with his11-year-old son, he will pay A．20 yuan B．40 yuan C．60 yuan D．80 yuan 【小题5】Which of the following is TRUE? A．Mr. Li wants to buy a house.

B．We can’t get any information about films. C．If you find a cat, you can call Mr. Li.

D．Mrs. Chen needs a school bus driver with experience.

11、Welcome to the zoo Opening time； Price:

From Monday to Friday Adults：￥20

第 106 页 共 240 页

. 8:30 a.m.～5:30 p. m Chidren: ￥10 On Saturday ＆ Sunday 8:30 a.m. ～6:00 p.m.

Location: Xiaohe Street, Changchun District(区)， Binhai City 【小题1】The zoo opens _______ a week. A．two days

B．five days

C．six days D．seven days

【小题2】On Tuesday, the zoo closes at _______. A．5：30 p.m. B．6：00 p. m. C．6：30 a. m. D．8：30 a. m.

【小题3】On Thursday, the zoo is open for ______. A．8 hour B．8.5 hours

C．9 hours D．9.5 hours

【小题4】The zoo is in the city called ______. A．Xiaohe B．Binhai C．Changchun D．Beibei

【小题5】Beibei is 11 years old, and this Sunday she wants to visit the zoo with her parents. How much should they pay for the tickets? A．¥20 B．¥30 C．¥40 D．¥50

12、Bayfield Shopping Coupons(优惠券) 6 Hours free parking If you spend $100 or more in our stores you will receive six hours of free parking. Take this coupon to the service desk on level 4 to stamp(盖章)!

Buy one, get one free Buy one shirt or tie at Daniel’s Menswear, and get another shirt or tie of the same value free. 10% Off Show this coupon at the Book Store to get a 10% discount(减价)on any books you buy. We have lots of books to choose from, including children’s books, novels and travel guides. You’re sure to find something that you will enjoy.

第 107 页 共 240 页

Free soft drink Buy any meal for at least 6% off at Mike’s Café’, and receive a free soft drink. We serve the best hamburgers and snacks in the mall. Come in and try our delicious meals and our excellent service. You won’t be disappointed!

Half-price movie tickets Buy any full-price movie ticket on Tuesday or Wednesday, and you can buy a second ticket for a friend for only a half price. The latest movies are all here. 【小题1】If you spend 100 dollars or more, you can _______. A．get a CD free

B．get 6 hours of free parking

C．get some stamps free D．get 10% off when parking

【小题2】Buy one tie at Daniel’s Menswear, you may get another ______ free. A．shirt of the same price C．more expensive tie

B．cheaper tie

D．tie of the same price

【小题3】You can get a 10% discount on any books if you ______ at the Book Store. A．show this coupon B．buy some gifts C． buy some tickets

D．buy ten books

【小题4】If you want to have free soft drink, you can go to _______. A．the books store B．Mike’s Café’ C．Daniel’s Menswear D．the Rainbow Shopping Mall

【小题5】If John pays 10 dollars for a full-price movie ticket on Tuesday, he can buy a second ticket for only _______.

A．8 dollars B．10 dollars C．15 dollars

13、请认真阅读下列材料，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。答案写在答题卷上。 A

Here is an advertisement about two-day tour between Hong Kong and Macao.

第 108 页 共 240 页

D．5 dollars

Two-day tour between Hong Kong and Macao Date: July 15th ～16 th Travel: Sightseeing bus in the city and the ship/boat/speedboat(快艇) between Hong Kong and Macao Places to visit: Hong Kong: Ocean Park and Victoria Peak Macao: Mazu Temple, the Ruins of St. Paul Cost: HK ＄600, including travel, three-star hotel, meals and admission tickets. 40% off for students. For more information, call 852 3881 3502 or 852 3882 3503. Bill is a student in Beijing Sunshine Secondary school. Last week he joined the two-day tour between Hong Kong and Macao with his parents.

【小题1】Bill enjoyed the beautiful views(风景) in the city by last week. A．ship B．boat C．bus D．speedboat

【小题2】In Hong Kong you can visit . A．Victoria Peak

B．Mazu Temple

C．the Ruins of St. Paul D．Moon lake

【小题3】The tour cost Bill’s family .

A．HK ＄1,800 B．HK ＄1,560 C．HK ＄1,320 D．HK ＄1,080

14、Are you thinking about what to do in your free time? Come and join us —Youth Club! Join in lessons and activities. It’s fun! For more information, call 34789256! Lessons Monday～Friday 6:00 p.m.～7:30 p.m. Computer lessons for beginners Activities Saturday and Sunday 8: 00 a.m.～9:00 p.m. Basketball and volleyball playgrounds open Monday and Wednesday 7:30 p.m.～9:30 p.m. Dance lessons for dancer–lovers You can learn and enjoy wonderful

第 109 页 共 240 页

Monday～Sunday Swimming pool open dances The second and last Saturdays of every Tuesday , Thursday and Friday 6:30 p.m.～7:30 p.m. Cooking lessons Learn to cook delicious dishes from all over China month 7:00 p.m.～9:30 p.m. Concert time Enjoy Swedish rock, American jazz and beautiful songs from different parts of the world! 【小题1】 On which of the following days can’t you have computer lessons? A．Monday. B．Wednesday. C．Friday. D．Sunday.

【小题2】How often can you enjoy music in the club? A．Twice a month. B．Twice a week. C．Four times a month. D．Five days a week.

【小题3】If Dick wants to swim after playing basketball, when can he go to the club? A．Monday and Wednesday. B．Monday and Sunday. C．Saturday and Sunday. D．Thursday and Friday.

【小题4】 If you want to know the cost of the lessons, you can _______ to get the information. A．write an e-mail to them B．only go to the club C．call them on 34789256

D．join the club and ask others

【小题5】 This is most probably (大概) a(n) _______. A．magazine

15、Spanish Ballet

The Spanish National Ballet will tour our city and its classical programs will be shown in Beijing . Time： 7：30pm, May 2--May 3 Place： Chaoyang Theatre,36 Dongsanhuan Beilu,Chaoyang Disdrict Ticket： 120yuan for an adult;80 yuan for a child under 12 Tel：6506-8116 Chinese Opera

A new production of Kunqu Opera( a traditional Chinese opera in east China’s Jiangsu Province) is now on in Beijing. Time： 8：00pm,May 5 Place： Tianqiao Theatre, 30 Beiweilu, Xuanwu District

第 110 页 共 240 页

B．advertisement C．diary D．timetable

Ticket： 120yuan each person Tel： 8315-6300 Wonderful Concert

Musicians of the China National Symphony Orchestra(中国国家交响乐团)will hold a concert in Beijing. We can enjoy Mozart’s Flute Concerto in C major, Haydn’s Trumpet Concerto and works by the Chinese composer Chen Qigang Ticket： 240yuan for an adult; 180yuan for a child under 12 Time： 7：30 pm, May 6 Place： Poly Theatre,14 Dongzhimen Nandajie, Dongcheng District Tel： 6500-1188

【小题1】 If Li Dong is free on the evening of May2,she can enjoy_____. A. Spanish Ballet B. Chinese Opera C. Haydn’s Trumpet Concerto

【小题2】 Li Dong’s grandpa is a fan of Chinese Opera. He will probably go to to enjoy himself. A. Poly Theatre B. Tianqiao Theatre C. Chaoyang Theatre

【小题3】 The Smiths and their 19-year -old daughter will go to the concert. They need to pay for it. A. 720yuan B. 660yuan C.320yuan

【小题4】 Jane wants to enjoy Mozart’s music. She can call at to book a ticket. A. 6506-8116 B. 8315-6300 C. 6500-1188

【小题5】 You can enjoy all the entertainment in the city of . A. Beijing B. Tianjin C. Nanjing

16、Hi, everyone! I am Paul Hawking, the trip leader for this weekend’s activity. It’s that time of the year again when the days are long and it is nice to sit outside and enjoy some oysters(牡蛎).

We plan to head out to the Mission Bay this Sunday for a beach picnic. You can buy fresh oysters at the Mission Bay Oyster Company and you just need to pay $6 to $l0 for each dozen, depending on the size. It' s on Sunday, June 30. We will meet at the Student Center at 9:00 a.m. and all go together. The driving time is one and a half to two hours, and the time of return is still uncertain. Come and join us in what must now be the 4th or 5th such trip for the Outing Club.

The oyster farm has a small picnic area with chairs and barbecue grills (烧烤架). Bring some briquettes (煤球) if you would like to grill. Except for oysters, oysters and oysters, little is available there, so please bring your own food and drinks. And of course, if you have any special oyster recipes (食谱), bring them make them and share them!

第 111 页 共 240 页

The weather forecast says it's going to be sunny and around 26°C this weekend. My telephone number is 408-896-3228. Please feel free to call me if you have any questions. Remember to finish your homework before we leave for the picnic.

【小题1】On June 30, Paul Hawking will ______. A．hold a meeting at the Student Center B．arrive at the oyster farm at 9:00 a.m. C．teach the students to cook oysters D．take the students for a picnic

【小题2】 If you buy 24 big oysters, you should probably pay _________. A．$6 B．$10 C．$12 D．$20

【小题3】 If you plan to grill, you must bring ___________. A．a BBQ grill B．some briquettes C．your own recipes D．some oysters

【小题4】 Which of the following statement is TRUE?

A．The writer plans to head out the Mission Bay next Sunday for a beach picnic. B．You should finish the homework before leaving for the picnic. C．You can buy and share food and drinks on the farm D．The driving time is less than one and a half hour 【小题5】 Where does this text probably come from? A．A notice on a school website. B．A book on the Mission Bay. C．A business newspaper. D．A science magazine.

17、Here is a list of TV programs in today’s newspaper Friday,September 29 Channel 2

9:30 Spolen English Competition for High School Students 11:30 Visit to an American Fanily 16:30 American Movie 20:40 English Talk Show Channel 8

9:00 English News

第 112 页 共 240 页

10:20 Tvserial:World of Amimals 15:10 NBA Games(live)

18:30 Talk Show: Foreign Students Talk About China CCTV English Service

15:00 English Course:Look Ahead 23:00 English Sports News 【小题1】National Day is_____. A．Thursday

B．Friday C．Saturday D．Sunday

【小题2】 If you don’t want to take the English course in the afternoon, you can watch___instead. A．the NBA game B．Look Ahead C．A TV serial D．English News

【小题3】After 10 o’clock at night you can choose____to know some results of the sports that day. A．Channel 8 B．Channel 2 C．CCTV D．English News

【小题4】When can we know the latest result about the NBA game? A．At 9:30 B．At 15:10 C．At abou 17:00

D．At 10:20

【小题5】If your film ends at 20:20 you can watch the Talk Show________. A．on Channel 2

B．on Channel 8

C．at 23:00 D．on CCTV

18、Leeds Castle

One of the most popular places of interest in Britain Opening times

Open all year round except(除了) 7th and 8th November and Christmas Day（25th December）2014． 1 April to 30 September 2014

Open：10:30 am—5:30 pm; Gates close at 6pm 1 October 2014 to 31 March 2015

Open：10:30 am—4 pm ; Gates close at 5pm Prices

Adults：￡16.50

第 113 页 共 240 页

Students：￡9.50 Children under 4：free

【小题1】Leeds Castle is closed on _________． A．7th January B．8th August C．25th December D．1st April

【小题2】John and Mary will take their three-year old son to Leeds Castle．How much should they pay? A．￡33． B．￡16.50． C．￡26． D．￡9.50． 【小题3】What time does Leeds Castle close on 29th October? A．6 pm． B．6:30 pm． C．5:30 pm． D．5 pm．

19、Come to Austria!

Soll is a village in the mountains in western Austria. The Post Hotel, opened by a local family, is clean and not expensive. From the hotel you can see the whole village, the forest and the mountains. Temperatures in summer are usually 20℃ to 25℃ in the daytime, but much cooler at night. Enjoy Thailand!

When you visit Bangkok (曼谷) in Thailand, do not miss the early morning river boat trip to the Floating(漂浮的) Market just outside the city. There you will find many kinds of fruits and vegetables. There you can pay for them when you sit in your boat. Don’t forget your hat and sunglasses: the sun can be strong and it may be as hot as 40℃ at noon! Visit Hawaii!

Maybe the most beautiful place in Hawaii is Kauai. You can visit its long, sandy beaches in the south and west of the island, and mountains and forests in the north, but be careful: there are many mosquitoes (蚊子) , and don’t be surprised if it rains in the center of the land. Daytime temperatures there are usually around 24℃ to

26℃ by the sea, and only a little cooler in late evening. 【小题1】You can have a view of _____ at the Post Hotel. A．The whole village

B．the whole country

C．the forest and mountains D．both A and C

【小题2】You can buy things _____ at the Floating Market in Bangkok. A．in the boats B．in the street C．in big stores D．in small shops

【小题3】You’d better wear _____ when you are at the Floating Market.

第 114 页 共 240 页

A．a hat and sunglasses

B．a raincoat and a swimming suit C．a hat and a T-shirt D．a shirt and an umbrella

【小题4】There are _____ in the north of Kauai. A．sandy beaches

B．heavy rain

C．small islands D．forests and mountains

【小题5】According to the passage, the hottest place is ______. A．Soll B．Bangkok C．Kauai D．Austria

20、配对阅读:将下面五个人的性格特征和某报社编辑给他们的交友建议相匹配。

【小题1】Sara likes to make friends with popular people, because she finds it easier to communicate with them.

When Jane is happy, she likes to talk to everyone in her class. But when she feels sad, she doesn’t 【小题2】

even say “hi” to anyone.

【小题3】.Paul is poor in his study, and he always feels shy to talk with others, so he has very few friends. 【小题4】When Peter feels uncomfortable talking with someone, he often look here and there. 【小题5】Susan is a good student, but she is never sure what to talk about when she stays with others.

A．Be confident in yourself. Everyone has its good qualities. People who have self-confidence are more attractive.

B．It is not polite to look around when talking with people. Try to look people in the eye even you are not interested in the conversation. Then people will find it easier to talk to you.

C．Try to make friends with kinds of people, not just with those who are easy to communicate. Then you will find there are greater chances for making friends.

D．Once you get to know a person, find more chances to meet. For example, you can play soccer together or have a short travel. Then you will each other well. E. Try to help others. For instance, look after people who are ill or help people take care of their pets. Be kind to others and you will be treated kindly.

F. Other will think you are strange if you are friendly one day and don’t talk the next day. Learn to share

第 115 页 共 240 页

your feelings with others. Share your sadness with your others, and you will be happy again.

G. Care about what’s happening in the world. Read more newspapers, listen to the top CDs, and find out something about new sports or movie stars. Then talk about things that a person may interested in. 答案 1、

2、

3、

4、

5、

6、

第 116 页 共 240 页

7、

8、

9、

10、

11、

第 117 页 共 240 页

12、

13、

14、

15、

16、

17、

第 118 页 共 240 页

18、

19、

20、

中考英语阅读理解集练——政治经济文化类

1、In America，when people say “man’s best friend”，they don’t mean another person. Instead，they are talking about a lovely animal—a dog! These words show the friendship(友谊)between people and animals. Dogs and other pets can give joy to people’s lives. Some people think of their pets as their children. Some people even leave all their money to their pets when they die! Animals can help people，too. Dogs can be taught to be the “eyes” for a blind person(盲人)or “ears” for a deaf(耳聋)person. Scientists have found that pets help people live longer! They make people happier，too. Because of that，they bring animals into hospitals for “visits”.

Americans hold “Be Kind to Animals Week” in the first week of May. Pet shows are held during the week. Even if you don’t live in America，you，too，can do this. How? First think about how animals make

第 119 页 共 240 页

your life richer. If you have a pet，take more time this week to play with it. Remember to give it delicious food.

If you don’t have a pet，be kind to animals around you. For example，if you see a street dog，just leave it alone，or make friends with it. If others around you do bad things to animals，try to speak up. As people，we must protect(保护)animals who can’t speak for themselves.

【小题1】“Some people even leave all their money to their pets when they die!” is used to prove(证明) that ________.

A．pets have the right(权利)to inherit(继承)money B．money can make pets happy C．it’s the best way to spend money

D．some pets are as important to their owners as their children 【小题2】Which of the following is NOT true? A．Dogs can help people in many ways. B．Dogs Call help people live happier. C．Dogs can help people make everything. D．Dogs can make people’s lives richer. 【小题3】What is the main idea of the passage? A．A lot of people are interested in dogs. B．Dogs can help people do many things. C．Pets are lovely and need care and protection. D．We have done a lot of things for pets.

2、阅读下面的短文，然后根据短文内容，在每小题所给的四个选项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

Street art can be found on buildings, street signs and even dustbins from Tokyo to Paris to New York City. This special kind of art can take the form of paintings, sculptures, cloth or even stickers. Street art has become part of a culture which can be seen around the world. Now, even art museums and galleries(画廊) are collecting the works of street artists.

People have different thoughts about street art. Some think street art is bad, but others see this art as a rich form of non-traditional cultural expression. Street art began in New York City in the 1960s. Young adults would use paint in special cans to spray(喷射) their “tag” on walls and train cars around the city. This tag was a name they created to show off themselves and their artwork. This style of drawing and writing

第 120 页 共 240 页

became known as graffiti(涂鸦). Graffiti art showed that young people wanted to rebel(反抗) against the rules. They traveled around cities to make paintings that everyone could see.

Street artists do their work for some reasons. A number of them choose street art because it is closer to the everyday life. What they enjoy most is the freedom of expressing themselves which street art permits(允许). One well-known street artist is Swoon. She cuts out paper images of people and puts them on walls. Swoon didn’t start her career as a street artist. She studied art but, as time went on, got bored with the works she saw in museums. Then she fell in love with graffiti. The people in New York enjoy Swoon’s strong and interesting style. Some museums have already bought some of her works.

Nowadays street art has become part of a world-wide culture. It is supported by websites, artist groups, books and magazines.

【小题1】What’s the main idea of the first paragraph? A．Street art has a long history. B．Street art is a new form of culture. C．Street art can be found in art museums. D．Street art is popular around the world.

【小题2】Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage? A．Young people all think street art is very beautiful new culture.

B．Swoon enjoys working indoors and the people in New York like her works.

C．In the 1960s, in New York, young people wanted to say no to the rules through graffiti art.

D．“TAG” was a word created by people to tell the differences between street artists and the other artists. 【小题3】According to the writer, the artists love street art because . A．they enjoy travelling around the city B．they want to express their feelings freely C．they enjoy learning different cultures D．they want to let more people know them

【小题4】We can learn from the passage that . A．street art is good for the environment B．street art is developed in the museum C．street art is drawing more attention D．all people are interested in street art

3、阅读下面的短文，然后根据短文内容，在每小题所给的四个选项中选出最佳选项，并在答题

第 121 页 共 240 页

卡上将该项涂黑。

You might think that Olympic athletes are the healthiest people in the world. It’s true that many are. However, it’s also true that many Olympic athletes had to overcome(克服) illnesses early in their lives. One excellent example is Wilma Rudolph. She competed in track-and-field events in the 1960 Olympics. She didn’t win just one gold. She won three. At the time, people called her “the fastest woman in the world.”

As a young child, Wilma could not take part in sports. She had a series of serious illnesses, and then, at the age of 4, she got polio. She lost the use of her left leg, and the doctor said she would never walk again. The people in Wilma’s family did everything they could to help her walk again. Wilma and her mother often traveled 100 miles to get treatments for her leg. Her brothers and sisters took turns giving her leg a daily massage. Four times a day, they helped her do special exercises for her leg. Amazingly, by the time Wilma was 9 years old, she was able to walk again. Before long, she started playing basketball and running. In high school, she was a track star and then she went to the Olympics.

Wilma stopped being a runner when she was 22 years old. She then became a teacher and track coach. Her story encouraged many people to work hard and to overcome difficulties.

【小题1】The underlined word “polio” in paragraph 3 means in Chinese. A．小儿麻痹症 B．禽流感 C．脑瘫

D．肺炎

【小题2】Of the following, which order is right according to the passage? ①Her left leg couldn’t be used because of serious illnesses. ①She didn’t win one but three golds in the 1960 Olympics. ①Her family members tried their best to help her walk again. ①She stopped being a runner and became a teacher and track coach. A．①①①① B．①①①① C．①①①① D．①①①①

【小题3】What’s the main idea of the passage? A．Wilma Rudolph’s family helped her overcome polio. B．Wilma Rudolph was seriously sick when she was a young girl. C．Wilma Rudolph was a great Olympic athlete, coach and teacher. D．Wilma Rudolph overcame many difficulties to become a great athlete.

4、American people like to say “Thank you” when others help them or say something kind to them. People of many other countries do so, too. It is a very good habit..

第 122 页 共 240 页

You should say “Thank you” when someone passes（传递） you the salt（盐） on the table, or opens the door for you, or says you have done your work well. “Thank you” is used not only between friends but also parents and children, brothers and sisters, husbands（丈夫） and wives（妻子）.

“Excuse me” is another useful short sentence（句子） they use. When you hear someone say so behind you, you know somebody wants to walk past you without touching you. It's not polite（没有）（碰撞）（礼貌） to break（打断） others when they are talking. If you want to speak to one of them, say “Excuse me” first, and then begin talking. You should also do so when you want to cough or make any noise（咳嗽）（响声） before others.

Let's all learn to say “Thank you” and “Excuse me”. 【小题1】You should say “Thank you” when ________. A．you say something kind to others B．you help others C．someone helps you D．you are in trouble

【小题2】From the passage we know “Thank you” is ________. A．widely(广泛地) used in the world B．used more often than “Excuse me” C．used only by Americans D．used for the old

【小题3】You should say “Excuse me” if you want to ________. A．cough B．make any noise C．both A and B D．help others

【小题4】When you hear others say your new dress is beautiful, you should say “________” first. A．That’s kind of you

B．Excuse me

C．Thank you D．That’s all right.

【小题5】Which of the following（下列） is true according to the passage? A．You should say “Excuse me” first if you want someone to tell you the way. B．People say “Thank you” only among the members of a family.

C．If you want to make any noise before others, you should say “Thank you” first. D．People say “Excuse me” only between brothers and sisters.

5、阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。 C

QQ is one of the most popular chat tools among teenagers ．We regard it as an important chat tool in

第 123 页 共 240 页

our daily life because it has some advantages ．

First, we can make lots of e-friends on QQ．It is easy to find the person who has the same interest as us ,and we can talk with him or her happily ．Second ,we can also join a QQ group to find the information we need ．For example ,if we want to learn English well ,we can choose a group with many English lovers in it ．Third ,we can also play games with our friends on QQ and always have fun ．

QQ brings us a lot of benefits （益处）,but it can also cause some problems ．It’s dangerous to tell strangers on QQ our real personal information like telephone numbers , addresses and ID numbers ．If we spend too much time chatting online ,it won’t be good for our study and health ． 【小题1】QQ is a kind of__________． A．game B．chat tool C．book D．TV program

【小题2】Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage ? A．We can get lots of information on QQ． B．We can make friends on QQ ． C．We can get everything on QQ ． D．We can play things with friends on QQ ．

【小题3】Sometimes QQ may bring us some__________ if we don’t use it well ． A．problems B．benefits C．interests D．fun

【小题4】QQ will be good for us if__________． A．we spend too much time chatting online ． B．we get some useful information we need ．

C．we tell some strangers about our real telephone number ． D．we tell some strangers about our real address and ID number ． 【小题5】If we want to learn English well ,we can__________． A．do shopping on QQ ．

B．always chat in Chinese on QQ ． C．play games with our friends on QQ ．

第 124 页 共 240 页

D．join a QQ group with many English lovers in it ．

6、阅读理解

阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。

Want to know what we can do to help make our city a better place to live in? Why not take part in “Clean & Green weekend”? Join us, and you can make new friends and help protect the environment at the same time． Park Life

Do you like hanging out in the park with your friends? If so，why not take the chance to come with us and tidy up the park as you go？To add some fun, there is a gift for the person who collects the most rubbish! Meet us at the south entrance to Taohe Park at 9 a．m．next Saturday if you want to join in． The Air You Breathe

A great way to make the air we breathe cleaner is by planting lots of trees！It is a fact that trees slowly filter（过滤）a lot of pollutants from the air．So come and help us plant some new ones in Fenhe Park at 2 p．m．next Sunday． War on Graffiti（涂鸦）

Some people think graffiti is cool．Well, it is not! The best way to stop buildings from becoming totally covered in ugly graffiti is to get rid of it as soon as possible．And that is exactly what we are going to do．We are repainting the school walls from 1 p．m．on Saturday．You don’t have to bring any tools, just remember to wear some old clothes！

根据上面三个倡议的内容，选择正确答案。

【小题1】The main purpose of “Clean & Green Weekend” is to_________． A．make our city more beautiful B．offer the chance to have fun C．help students meet old friends D．have a nice weekend

【小题2】The students who want to join in the rubbish collecting activity must meet____． A．at 1 p．m．on Saturday B．at 2 p．m．next Sunday C．at 9 a．m．next Saturday D．at 3 a．m．on Sunday

【小题3】If we’re going to repaint the school walls, we need to_________．

第 125 页 共 240 页

A．draw pictures well B．wear some old clothes C．bring some tools with us D．wear some new clothes

【小题4】According to the passage, we know_________． A．graffiti can make the buildings look cool B．the person who collects rubbish can get a gift C．we can plant trees to improve the environment D．we can draw pictures on the wall

【小题5】We might read the above passage_________． A．in a fashion magazine B．on a school notice board C．in a newspaper advertisement D．on a hospital notice board

7、阅读理解

阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。

In the UK, most children have their lunches at school, but in some schools, parents can choose what their children eat. The children can have a school dinner — a hot, cooked meal; or they can take a packed （包装的）lunch with them, which usually includes cold food like sandwiches.

Often parents know what their children want. Cath, a mother of three children, told us, “My children have packed lunches because they say they hate school dinners. So I make three packed lunches every morning.” However, another mother, Susan, made a different choice. She said, “My daughters have always had school dinners. I think they probably get healthier food at school than a few sandwiches I make of them.” But how healthy are school dinners? Kaz, a father, thought poorly of them. He said, “Fizzy (起泡的) drinks were offered and I think there were lot of chips.”

Jamie Oliver spent a year working in a school kitchen. He was worried about the unhealthy food which included burgers, pizzas and chips. So he tried to cook healthy food such as good stews and curries for the children instead.

So Janie improved the school dinners, and trained the dinner ladies to cook healthy food in that school. Then he advised the government to improve school food across the country. And it seems that the changes have begun.

第 126 页 共 240 页

Anna, a pupil, told us, “we used to have a fast food window where you got chips and coke, but they stopped that this year. There’s salad restaurant, which is good, so it’s healthier than it was.” 【小题1】How many meals do most children in the UK have at school? A．One B．Two C．Three D．Four

【小题2】____ would like the children to have the school meals. A．Cath B．Susan C．Kaz D．Jamie

【小题3】Jamie thought ______ were healthy food A．stews and curries B．burgers and pizzas C．chips and fizzy drinks D．sandwiches and coke

【小题4】The last two paragraphs (段落) show that________. A．There’s a salad restaurant in every school B．salad is the only healthy food for students C．schools have begun to cook healthier food D．the government doesn’t care about school dinners 【小题5】What is the best title for this text? A．Healthy Food B．Unhealthy Food C．Packed Lunches D．School Dinners

8、With the development of science and technology, our life is becoming more colorful and more convenient.

An Underwater Hotel

It looks like a spaceship but it is actually a picture of an underwater hotel. A company plans to build the

第 127 页 共 240 页

hotel in the sea which is about 15 metres below the surface(表面).The whole building is underwater and you can get to it by swimming and diving. Google Glass

Google Glass is a pair of glasses with a battery(电池) hidden inside the frame(边框). It can perform many of the same tasks as smart phones. The glass has hidden camera and a tiny screen. It is designed to take hands-free photos or videos of anything people are doing. A New Kind of shirt

Hate washing clothes? You’re going to love this kind of shirt made by an American clothing company, Wool Prince. This shirt can be worn for 100 straight days without washing! The Wool Prince shirt never needs ironing(熨烫).

The Digital(数字) Library

Can you imagine walking into a library and finding all books have turned into companies? The first bookless public library is planned to open in San Antonio, Texas, America. Computers will take the place of books soon.

【小题1】The underwater hotel is about _______meters below the surface. A．10 B．15 C．100 D．150

【小题2】You needn’t use ______ when you take photos or video with Google Glass. A．camera B．a screen C．a battery D．your hand

【小题3】You can wear the Wool Prince shirt for about ______ without washing. A．a month B．two months C．three months D．a year

【小题4】The digital Library tells us something about a library without ______. A．books B．computers C．bookshelves D．reader

【小题5】Which one of the following can reduce(减少)our housework in daily life? A．The underwater hotel B．Google Glass C．The Wool Prince shirt D．The Digital Library

9、Soon it would be the holidays. But before that, there was the end of year exams. All the students worked hard for some time. If they didn't pass, they would have to take the exams in September again. Some students failed, but Kate decided not to be one of them. She worked hard all day, but just before the exams she was working so hard that her sister was worried about her. She was staying up too late. The night （熬夜）before the first exam, Barbala insistedthat she should have an early night and take a sleeping pill. She （坚持）

第 128 页 共 240 页

promised（许诺）to wake her in the morning.

As she was falling asleep, Kate was worried in caseshe over-slept. Her mind kept jumping from （万一）subject to subject. At last, with the help of the pill, she fell asleep. she was sitting in the examination hall, looking at the paper. She couldn't answer any of the questions. Everyone round her was writing pages and pages. However hard she thought, she couldn't find anything to write about. She kept looking at her watch. Time was running out. There was only one hour left. She started one question, wrote two sentences, gave up and tried another one. With only half an hour left she wrote another two sentences. By this time she was so worried that she started crying. Her whole body shook（摇晃，震颤）. It shook so much that it woke her up. She was still in bed and it had all been a terrible dream. A minute later, Barbala called her name. 【小题1】Which of the following is true?

A．All the students were usually successful in their exams. B．Not all students passed the year exams.

C．Every one of the students could pass the end of year exams. D．None of the students would take the exams again in September. 【小题2】When you prepare for an exam,________. A．you go over（复习）your lessons. B．you read new books.

C．you take the exam again and again. D．you look through the exam.

【小题3】Kate worked very hard before the exams for ______. A．she was very poor at her lessons. B．she decided to be the best one in her class. C．she didn't work hard all year. D．she didn't want to fail in them.

【小题4】Why did Barbala insist that Kate should take a sleeping pill? A．Because she thought Kate should oversleep before the first exam.

B．Because Kate was so worried about her exams that she couldn't go to sleep at all. C．Because Barbala hoped her sister would have a good sleep before the first exam. D．Because she had promised to wake her up the next morning. 【小题5】Kate dreamed a terrible dream simply because ______. A．she had taken a sleeping pill. B．she was too worried about her exams.

第 129 页 共 240 页

C．her sister had forgotten to wake her up. D．she did not pass the exams.

10、The world itself is becoming much smaller by using modern traffic and modern communication means (通讯设备). Life today is much easier than it was hundreds of years ago, but it has brought new problems. One of the biggest problems is pollution. To pollute means to make things dirty. Pollution comes in many ways. We see it, smell it, drink it and even hear it.

Man has been polluting the earth. The more people, the more pollution. Many years ago, the problem was not so serious because there were not so many people. When the land was used up or the river was dirty in one place, man moved to another place. But this is not helpful. Man is now slowly polluting the whole world.

Air pollution is still the most serious. It’s bad for all living things in the world, but it is not the only one kind of pollution. Water pollution kills our fish and pollutes our drinking water. Noise pollution makes us angry more easily.

Many countries are making rules to fight pollution. They stop people from burning coal(煤)in houses and factories in the city, and from putting dirty smoke into the air. Pollution by SO2 is now the most dangerous kind of air pollution. It is caused(引起)by heavy traffic. We are sure that if there are fewer people driving, there will be less air pollution.

The earth is our home. We must take care of it. That means keeping the land, water and air clean. Also, we must take care of the rise in pollution at the same time. 【小题1】________, our world is becoming much smaller. A．Because of the rise in pollution

B．Because of modern traffic and modern communication means C．Because the earth is being polluted day and night D．Because the earth is blown away by the wind every year 【小题2】Hundreds of years ago, life was ________it is today. A．much easier than B．as easy as C．much harder than

D．as hard as

【小题3】The writer thinks that pollution makes us angrymore easily. A．air B．noise

C．rubbish D．water

【小题4】According to the passage, which statement is true? A．The more people, the less pollution.

第 130 页 共 240 页

B．Air pollution is the only one kind of pollution.

C．If there are fewer people driving, there will be less air pollution. D．We should not use modern traffic and modern communication any more.

11、Blogging has become something of a big thing in the last few years. Just like the Internet was 10 years ago, blogging is popular with an underground culture, that is doing it for love and passion(激情). Blogging is a way of collecting links(链接) to webpages and sharing thoughts and ideas with people online. Blogs are basically online diaries which are created for sharing information and ideas.

Dominic, a fifth-grade student, writes: “The blogs give us a chance to communicate between ourselves and encourage us to write more. When we publish on our blog, people across the whole world can reply by using the ‘comments’ link. In this way, they can ask questions or simply tell us what they like. We can then know if people like what we write and this will tell us where we can improve. By reading these comments, we can discover our weaknesses and our strengths. Blogging is a chance to exchange our opinions with the rest of the world rather than just people in our immediate environment.”

Blogging is sweeping the Internet. A recent report states that at least three million Americans have created blogs, with similar numbers being seen worldwide.

Two years ago, Andrew Sullivan decided to set up a Web page himself and used “Blogger. com” to publish some daily thoughts to a few hundred readers. He worked hard at the blog for months for no reward. But the result is that he is now reaching almost a quarter of a million readers a month and making a lot of money.

This, at least, is the idea: a publishing revolution(革命) is coming. “Blogger.com” could be to words what Napster was to music—except this time, it'll really work.

【小题1】 Which of the following statements is true according to the passage? A．Blogs are mainly online chatting with others. B．Blogging is important in the past few years. C．Dominic wants to get a chance to be a writer.

D．Blogging makes us exchange our view only with friends.

【小题2】According to the passage, about ___________ people worldwide have created blogs except Americans. A．3 million C． 250,000

B．750,000 D．6 million

第 131 页 共 240 页

【小题3】From the passage we can see that “Napster” in the last paragraph is probably related (有关系的)

to___________.

A．newspapers B．readers C．words D．music

【小题4】 In the next part of this passage, the writer would most probably tell us ___________. A．how to make further use of blogging B．the disadvantages of using blogging

C．how many people will get tired of blogs in the future D．different opinions about blogging

12、In almost every big university（大学）in the United States, football is a favourite sport. American football is different. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chancesto move the ball ten yards. They can （机会）（码）carry it or they can throw it. If they move the ball ten yards, they can try to move it another ten yards. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points（点.

It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man with the ball. If he does not move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to the other team.

Each university wants its own team to win. Many thousands of people come to watch. They all shout for their faourite team.

Young men and women come on the field to help the people shout more. They dance and jump while they shout.

Each team plays ten or eleven games each season.

The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good, it may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on TV. 【小题1】Why is it difficult to move the ball? Because ___________. A．ten yards is a long way

B．many men on the other team try not to let the ball come near C．the playing field is very large

D．eleven men have to catch the ball one by one

【小题2】If they _________, the teams will play on January 1. A．receive six points

B．play eleven games in the season C．are the best teams

第 132 页 共 240 页

D．move the ball to the end of the field

【小题3】Many people come to watch football and they want their team to win. Which of the following is not their act?

A．Jumping B．Dancing C．Crying D．Shouting

13、Olympia, a beautiful small town in the south of Greece, is well known all over the world for its first holding the Olympic Games as long as 776 BC. At that time the Games were held once every four years. This custom lasted for about 1,170 years, but stopped with the rule of Rome in 394 AD. The first modern Olympic Games were held in 1896 to promote (促进) the international understanding through players in Athens, Greece. The Olympic motto (箴言) is “ Swifter, Higher, Stronger”.

Xu Haifeng made history by winning the People’s Republic of China’s first gold medal after the country reentered (再进入) the Olympic Competition in 1984.China made a record of 28 gold, 16 silver and 15 bronze medals in the 2000 Sydney Games in Australia, moving from the fourth rank (地位) in Atlanta to No.3 behind the U.S. and Russia. China made a record of 32 gold, 17 silver, 14 bronze medals in the 2004 Athens, Greece, moving from the third rank in Sydney to No.2 on the gold medals list behind the U.S. The 2008 Olympic Games was held in Beijing. China won 51 gold, 21 silver,28 bronze medals and ranked the first on the gold medals list.

【小题1】Olympia is famous all over the world for ______. A．its beautiful scenery(景色） B．it in the south of Greece C．a man called Olympic

D．its first holding the Olympic Games

【小题2】The first modern Olympic Games were held in ______. A.776BC B1896. C.1984 D.394AD 【小题3】The first modern Olympic Games were held to ______. A．give players a good chance to get the medals B．stop the rule of Rome

C．promote the international understanding through players in Athens, Greece. D．find the difference in politics among different nations.

【小题4】China made a record of 32 gold, 17 silver and 14 bronze ______. A. in the 2004 Athens Games B. in the 2008 Beijing Games C. in the 2000 Sydney Games D. in the 1984 Los Angeles

第 133 页 共 240 页

【小题5In the 2008 Olympic Games, China won ____________ medals. A. 51 B.21 C.28 D. 100

14、Oxford University, said that time spent on homework showed the influence of the school—if children were expected to do homework and if they enjoy their subjects. “That’s one of the reasons Indian and Chinese children do better. They put more time in it.” he added.

It’s also reported that students who enjoyed school got better results. It is suggested that children aged 5 to 7 should be given one-hour homework a week, half an hour a night for 7 to 11-year-olds, two hours a night for 14 to 16-year-olds.

“Headteachers should make their own homework policy (规定),” the government says. 【小题1】Idian and Chinese children do better in their lessons. Why? A．Because they put more time in it. B．Because they live in school all day. C．Because they have little homework.

D．Because they like school better than homework.

【小题2】It is suggested that 5 to 7-year-old children should be given ______. A．one-hour homework a night B．half an hour homework a night C．Two- hour homework a week D．one-hour homework a week 【小题3】From the passage, we can know that ______. A．Students should become interested in their results. B．Headteachers should make their own homework policy. C．Parents should encourage their children to do more homework. D．Students should do homework as much as possible.

15、Street art can be found on buildings, street signs and even dustbins from Tokyo to Paris to New York City. This special kind of art can take the form of paintings, sculptures, cloth or even stickers. Street art has become part of a culture which can be seen around the world. Now, even art museums and galleries(画廊) are collecting the works of street artists.

People have different thoughts about street art. Some think street art is bad, but others see this art as a rich form of non-traditional cultural expression. Street art began in New York City in the 1960s. Young adults would use paint in special cans to spray(喷射) their “tag” on walls and train cars around the city. This tag was a name they created to show off themselves and their artwork. This style of drawing and writing

第 134 页 共 240 页

became known as graffiti(涂鸦). Graffiti art showed that young people wanted to rebel(反抗) against the rules. They traveled around cities to make paintings that everyone could see.

Street artists do their work for some reasons. A number of them choose street art because it is closer to the everyday life. What they enjoy most is the freedom of expressing themselves which street art permits(允许). One well-known street artist is Swoon. She cuts out paper images of people and puts them on walls. Swoon didn’t start her career as a street artist. She studied art but, as time went on, got bored with the works she saw in museums. Then she fell in love with graffiti. The people in New York enjoy Swoon’s strong and interesting style. Some museums have already bought some of her works.

Nowadays street art has become part of a world-wide culture. It is supported by websites, artist groups, books and magazines.

【小题1】What’s the main idea of the first paragraph? A．Street art has a long history. B．Street art is a new form of culture. C．Street art can be found in art museums. D．Street art is popular around the world.

【小题2】Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage? A．Young people all think street art is very beautiful new culture.

B．Swoon enjoys working indoors and the people in New York like her works.

C．In the 1960s, in New York, young people wanted to say no to the rules through graffiti art.

D．“TAG” was a word created by people to tell the differences between street artists and the other artists. 【小题3】According to the writer, the artists love street art because . A．they enjoy travelling around the city B．they want to express their feelings freely C．they enjoy learning different cultures D．they want to let more people know them

【小题4】We can learn from the passage that . A．street art is good for the environment B．street art is developed in the museum C．street art is drawing more attention D．all people are interested in street art

16、The landmark(划时代的) success of Tu Youyou, the first Chinese woman to win a Nobel prize in

第 135 页 共 240 页

science, has aroused great national pride(骄傲) and hopes on the future of traditional Chinese medicine (TCM). Tu, born in 1930, shared the 2015 Nobel Prize for Physiology(生理学) or Medicine with Irish-born William Campbell and Japan’s Satoshi Omura for her discoveries against malaria(疟疾).

She discovered Artemisinin (青篙素), a drug that has greatly reduced the death number for patients suffering from malaria. “Artemisinin is a gift for the world people from the traditional Chinese medicine. It is of great importance for curing malaria and other diseases and for protecting the health of the world people,” Tu said in Beijing. “ The discovery of Artemisinin is a successful example of collective research on traditional Chinese medicine. The prize winning is an honor for China’s science cause(事业) and traditional Chinese medicine.”

“Tu’s winning the Nobel Prize shows China’s great progress in science and technology. It also shows China’s growing strength and rising international standing,” Premier Li Keqiang said in a letter Monday evening.

【小题1】Why is Tu Youyou’s winning considered the landmark success? A．Because she is the first Chinese woman to win the Nobel prize. B．Because she arouses great national pride and hopes.

C．Because she improves the future of traditional Chinese medicine. D．Because she shares the Nobel prize with Japan’s Satoshi Omura. 【小题2】People use Artemisinin to ______. A．control death number of patients in hospital B．reach out to the different parts of world C．cure patients suffering from the malaria D．make people work on Chinese medicine 【小题3】Where may you read this passage? A．From an advertisement. B．In a story- book. C．In a magazine. D．In a newspaper.

【小题4】How old was Tu Youyou when she won the Nobel Prize? A．81. B．85. C．45. D．25.

【小题5】What is the best title of the passage?

A．Cheers, hopes as Chinese pharmacologist（药物学家）wins Nobel prize. B．William Campbell, Satoshi Ōmura and Youyou Tu win Nobel prize C．The discovery of Artemisinin is a very successful example of research. D．The breaking news makes at least tens of thousands of people excited.

第 136 页 共 240 页

17、Benjamin Franklin was born on January 17, 1706 in Boston, America. He is best known as a scientist and politician(政治家) today. One of his most famous inventions is the lightning rod(避雷针).And he is also regarded as “the Founder of the United States” because of his success in politics. However, he is not just an inventor and politician.

Franklin is a great chess player. He started playing chess in 1733 and this made him the first chess player in the American history. He wrote a book about his story of playing chess in December,1786. In this book, he hoped to find connections between chess and life. He and his friend even used chess to learn Italian. It was a very interesting experience in his early life.

Not only a great chess player, Franklin is also known to play the violin ,the harp (竖琴), and the guitar. He used some glasses to produce a clear and sweet sound just like birds’ singing.

Benjamin Franklin died at his home in the USA at the age of 84. There were about 20,000 people who were present at his funeral(葬礼). People respect him, love him and believe he is one of the four greatest men in the world.

【小题1】Benjamin Franklin was born in_________. A．Britain B．ItalyC．America D．Germany

【小题2】In December 1786, Franklin wrote a book about ______. A．his story of playing chess B．the way of learning Italian C．the history of America D．his success in politics

【小题3】Franklin couldn’t be seen as a _____in his life. A．scientist B．politician C．dancer D．writer

【小题4】According to the passage, Franklin died in_____. A．1706

B．1733

C．1786

D．1790

【小题5】Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A．Benjamin Franklin was not good at writing. B．Very few people appeared in Franklin’s funeral. C．Learning Italian by chess was interesting for Franklin. D．Benjamin Franklin can play both the piano and the guitar.

第 137 页 共 240 页

18、Very often, newly-born babies are not beautiful. They are wrinkled(多皱的) or hairless, or they have an angry look on their face. They seem to say, “Get away! I hate everybody.” But to a parent, that hairless, wrinkled, angry-faced baby is the most beautiful and perfect child in the world. When that proud father or mother asks you, “Well, what do you think…isn’t she beautiful?” What are you going to say? Is this the time for the truth? Of course not!

You look at that proud father or mother in the eye and say, “Yes, she is! She is really a beauty. She’s one in a million. She’s going to be a movie star! I can tell! She’s as beautiful as a picture.”

In English, this is a white lie. White lies don’t hurt people. They are not cruel or angry words. People use them to make a difficult thing a little easier. When people don’t want to meet someone, or eat something new that they really don’t like at a friend’s house, they tell a white lie. They are trying to be kind. They feel that being kind is sometimes more important than telling the truth. 【小题1】Parents are usually ____ when their new babies are born. A．angry

B．proud

C．sad D．surprised

【小题2】When a parent asks what you think of their new baby, they want you to ___. A．tell the truth B．say what you like C．tell lies D．say good words

【小题3】The underlined word “white” in this passage means “ ______”. A．kind or harmless B．unkind C．the white colour D．angry

【小题4】From the passage we can know that ______. A．a newly-born baby hates everyone around her B．a newly-born baby is the most beautiful one C．people who tell white lies are not kind D．people who tell white lies want to be kind 【小题5】Which of the following is a white lie? A．You broke the window but you say you didn’t. B．You know Jack was late but you say you don’t. C．Your friend’s bag isn’t beautiful but you say it is. D．you tell a parent that the newly-born baby isn’t beautiful.

19、On Thanksgiving Day, about 88 percent Americans eat turkey. But one lucky turkey not only will

第 138 页 共 240 页

not be eaten but also will become famous. Every year, turkey farmers present turkeys to the US president. But instead of eating this turkey, the president gives it a “pardon”. The turkey is flown to Florida for a thanksgiving parade(游行). Then it lives on the farm for the rest of its life.

Turkeys come from America and have been part of American culture for centuries. Benjamin Franklin even wanted the turkey to be America’s national bird.

Turkeys that are kept on farms are large, awkward birds that can not fly. But wild turkeys are quite fast. They can fly at speed up to 88 kilometers per hour. They can also run at 40 kilometers per hour.

Turkeys don’t have ears. They hear by using the growth of beaks (喙). But their hearing is about five times better than human’s hearing.

Turkeys are such interesting birds. No wonder Benjamin Franklin wanted them to be American national birds.

【小题1】________ people in America eat turkey on Thanksgiving Day. A．A few B．Some

C．Most

D．All

【小题2】The underlined word “pardon” means ________. A．赦免

B．赐死

C．礼物

D．原谅

【小题3】A wild turkey can fly at the speed of _______. A．88 kilometers per hour B．40 kilometers per hour C．as fast as a kept one D．five times faster than man

【小题4】The turkey doesn’t have ______. A．eyesB．ears C．a mouth D．wings 【小题5】Which of the following is TRUE? A．Turkeys don’t have ears so they can’t hear.

B．After the lucky turkey had a parade, it will be eaten by the president. C．Benjamin Franklin made the turkey become the national bird of America. D．Turkeys’ hearing are better than human’s.

20、Hi, dear boys and girls! Do you know how to be a healthy kid? Here are some rules you should follow.

First, eat different foods, especially(尤其) fruit and vegetables. You may have a favourite food, but you'd better eat something different, if you eat different foods, you will probably get more nutrients (营养物

第 139 页 共 240 页

质) your body needs.

Second, drink water and milk as often as possible. When you're really thirsty, cold water is the No.l choice (选择). Milk is a great drink that can give you more calcium (钙) your body needs to grow strong bones (骨头).

Third, listen to your body. How do you feel when you are full? When you are eating, notice how your body feels and when your stomach (胃) feels comfortably full. Eating too much will not make you feel comfortable and make you fat.

Fourth, limit (限制) screen time. Screen time is the time you watch TV, DVDs and videos, or using computers. It is good to take more exercise such as basketball, bike riding and swimming. You can't watch TV for more than two hours a day.

Fifth, be active. One thing you'd like to do as a kid is to find out which activity you like best. Find ways to be active every day.

Follow these rules and you can be a healthy kid.

【小题1】You have to eat different kinds of foods especially _____ A．meat

B．hamburgers C．sweets D．fruit and vegetables

【小题2】Which kind of drinks can give you more calcium? A．Juice

B．Milk

C．Cold water D．Tea

【小题3】According to (根据) the passage, you should follow ＿＿rules if you want to be healthy. A．five B．nine C．fifteen D．thirteen

【小题4】Which is the best title (标题) of the passage? A．How to make yourself important B．How to be a healthy kid C．How to be a popular kid

D．How to make your parents healthy 答案 1、

第 140 页 共 240 页

2、

3、

4、

5、

6、

7、

第 141 页 共 240 页

8、

9、

10、

11、

12、

第 142 页 共 240 页

13、

14、

15、

16、 17、

18、

第 143 页 共 240 页

19、

20、

中考英语阅读理解集练——社会现象类

1、We know that many animals do not stay in one place．Birds, fish and other animals move from one place to another at a certain time．They move for different reasons: most of them move to find food more easily, but others move to get away from places that are too crowded．

When cold weather comes, many birds move to warmer places to find food．Some fishes give birth in warm water and move to cold water to feed．The most famous migration (迁移) is probably the migration of fish, which is called “salmon”．This fish is born in fresh water but it travels many miles to salt water．There it spends its life．When it is old, it returns to its birthplace in fresh water．Then it gives birth and dies．In northern Europe, there is a kind of mouse．They leave their mountain homes when they become too crowded．They move down to the low land．Sometimes they move all the way to the seaside, and many of them are killed when they fall into the sea．

Recently (近来), scientists have studied the migration of a kind of lobster (龙虾)．Every year, when the season of the bad weather arrives, the lobsters get into a long line and start to walk across the floor of the ocean．Nobody knows why they do this, and nobody knows where they go．So, sometimes we know why

第 144 页 共 240 页

humans and animals move from one place to another, but at other times we don’t．Maybe living things just like to travel．

【小题1】Most animals move from one place to another at a certain time to _______． A．give birth

B．find food more easily C．enjoy warmer weather D．find beautiful places

【小题2】The fish called “salmon” spends a long time in ______． A．fresh water B．rivers C．salt water D．its birthplace

【小题3】The mice in northern Europe move when _______． A．they give birth

B．they haven’t enough food C．the weather is bad D．the place gets too crowded

【小题4】What is the main idea of the passage? A．Animals move to find food more easily．

B．The migration of the fish called “salmon” is the most famous migration．

C．Sometimes we know why and how living things move from one place to a nother, but sometimes we don’t．

D．Living things move from one place to another because they like to travel．

2、A soap opera called “Tiger Mother and Cat Father” is popular in China now. The tiger mother is pretty strict with her daughter and the little girl is not allowed to watch TV or play computer games. On the other hand, she makes all efforts to buy the expensive house near the key school, in order to let her daughter have a better education. However, the cat father has an opposite view of how to raise their child. He gives her daughter more independence and doesn’t make many rules for her. Which one is better, “ Tiger Mother”or “Cat Father”?

In China, it seems that in each family, there is tiger mother and a cat father, even worse, some families have two tigers. Children can’t decide anything for themselves. What’s worse, Chinese mothers believe

第 145 页 共 240 页

key school will bring a better future to their children. This soap opera fully shows us a common problem in China. And maybe it is the real reason why such kind of TV shows can get popular.

Whether the tiger mother or the cat father, respecting(尊重)children and growing together are the keys to family education. Confidence, kindness, honesty and independence are the most important qualities to develop a child, not the grades. Just like a poem said, “Educating children is like walking with a snail(蜗牛), and the steps are gentle and slow.”

【小题1】In the soap opera, the little girl isn’t allowed to_______. A．eat vegetables

B．get good grades

C．go to the key school D．watch TV or play computer games

【小题2】In the soap opera, the father is called “Cat Father” because______ A．he enjoys eating fish just like a cat B．he gives her daughter more independence C．he is afraid of his wife

D．he always stays up late just like a cat

【小题3】The underline word “view” mean“________”in Chinese in this passage. A．风景

B．磁带

C．观点

D．观察

【小题4】We can infer(推断)from the last paragraph(段落)that the writer thinks it’s good to_______. A．slow your steps and grow together with your children B．take a walk with your children often

C．be strict with your children like “Tiger Mother” D．buy an expensive house near the key school

3、Now some women are spending a weekend at Mother's Camp .There ,husbands and children are not allowed (允许). Why would a woman want to take a vocation without her family? Some women say they need time to be alone.

At Mother's Camp, a woman has room of herself. She can sleep, read, or watch TV, and no one will disturb (打扰)her. No children will ask, \"Mom ,what's for dinner?\" No husband will say, \"Oh, dear. I can't find any clean socks.\" In fact almost 50% of women in the United States work outside the home. Many of them work full time and then come back to a second job --- taking care of their homes and families. These working women say one of their biggest problems is housework.

In the United Stated, working wives do about 75% of the housework Many of their husbands say they want to help. But then they burn the rice or they can't find pans. They ask so many questions that their wives

第 146 页 共 240 页

decide it is easier to do the job themselves.

Some women go to Mother's Camp just to get a break from housework. For two days they don't cook, they don't clean, they don't look after their children and husbands. What do they do? They enjoy warm, sunny weather ,walking ,swimming or boating in a clear blue lake and sing songs around the campfire. They relax away from home. They have a really wonderful vacation at Mother's Camp. 【小题1】What can't the women do at Mother's Camp? A．Watch TV. B．Read newspapers.

C．Swim in the lake D．Bring their husbands and children. 【小题2】Why would some mothers like to be alone? A．Because they don't like their husbands or children. B．Because they have to work full-time. C．Because they are too busy to relax themselves. D．Because they want a new life.

【小题3】 What do most working women have to do after they get home? A．Look after their children and families. B．Read novels. C．Play computer games D．See a film

【小题4】What's the best title for the passage? A．Busy Working Mothers B．Welcome to Mother's Camp. C．Mother Relax away from Home D．Mothers in the US.

4、Here is the result of a survey(调查) of the changes of means of transportation in China since 1970s. In the 1970s, people usually went to work on foot or by bike. There were few buses or cars. From the 1980s to 1990s, bikes and buses were the most popular means of transportation. Most people went to work by bike or by bus. Nowadays, more and more people have their own cars. They usually drive their cars to work. People can travel anywhere by train or by plane. It’s fast and convenient(方便的) for most people to take the subway to work in some cities. Such as Beijing and Shanghai. In a word, more and more means of transportation will come to people’s life. It is believed that more and more people can go to the moon or other stars by spaceship someday.

第 147 页 共 240 页

Passage 2

Look at the chart. There are 50 students in Class Two. Here is the result of a survey of how students get to school in Class Two. Ways of getting to school Percent(百分比) On foot 20% By bike 30% By bus By car By subway 30% 10% 10% 根据短文内容，选择正确答案（10分） 【小题1】Passage 1 mainly tells us in China. A、the most popular means of transportation B、people can fly to the moon by spaceship someday C、the changes of means of transportation

【小题2】In the 1970s, Chinese people usually to work. A、walked or took a train B、took a bus or rode a bike C、walked or rode a bike

【小题3】What’s the Chinese meaning of the underlined phrase in Passage 1? A、人们猜测 B、据调查 C、人们相信

【小题4】There are ways of getting to school in Class Two. A、five B、six C、seven

【小题5】There are students riding their bikes to school in Class Two. A、10 B、15 C、20

5、Droughts (干旱)are common in Kenya . Before ,they came every 10 years ,but now they seem to be hitting us more often and for a longer time .

We gave the droughts names :“longoza”was the drought when many animals died ; there was the drought of the “planes” because food was dropped from the air by planes; and one particularly bad drought was called “ man who dies with his money in his fist (拳头)”，because ,even if there was money , there was simply no food to buy .

I was born in 1951 in Machakos. From what my mother tells me , when I was 7, there was a serious drought . I clearly remember the terrible weather and the hunger. I can’t tell you how many times I went to bed without eating . “ I slept like that ,” is how we described it . I can’t count the number of days when “ I

第 148 页 共 240 页

slept like that,” or describe the feeling of going to sleep hungry ,knowing I’d wake up and there would still be no food for breakfast.

My father would leave early in the morning carrying a little basket to ask for food on credit (赊欠). Each night he would return home around 10:00p.m. My mother would try to encourage me by telling me to keep the water in our pot boiling so that when my father arrived we could quickly cook any food he brought in the already prepared water . I would keep the fire burning and the water boiling , along with the hopes that we would eat that night. But my father would arrive frustrated and empty -handed. And I would sleep like that.

【小题1】The best title for the text is ________. A．A Hungry Childhood Caused by Droughts B．Food and Hunger

C．Protecting the Environment D．Droughts and Their Names

【小题2】 What does the drought of the “ longoza”refer to (指代)? A．Many animals needed food dropped by planes. B．People had to eat animals because of hunger. C．Many animals died because of the droughts. D．People died of hunger even if they had money .

【小题3】Why would the author keep the fire burning and the water boiling? A．To wait for her father to come back to have supper . B．To cook the food that her father would bring back . C．To keep her house warm all night . D．To make her hungry mother happy.

【小题4】 The sentence “I slept like that ” means “ ________ .” A．I was disappointed when my father came back empty-handed B．I felt sorry because my family got hungry again C．I went to sleep with no food for breakfast. D．I went to bed with nothing to eat

6、Dear readers,Imagine a little girl who knows there will not be enough food for dinner, who can’t fill her stomach with water because it’s polluted (被污染), and who has watched lives slipped away (消失) from her father, little brother and sister because the family is too poor to see a doctor. She would gladly walk

第 149 页 共 240 页

miles to school, but her mother needs her badly (非常) at home. What will her future be? Is it hard to believe? For Maria Pestora, it is real life.

But with just 52 pennies a day, you can sponsor (资助) a child like Maria. Through“Save the Children”，you can help Maria’s mother get the tools and ways she needs to turn their poor food into a good dinner, and get the money she needs to buy clothes and school things for Maria.

To help Maria most, your money is put together with that of other sponsors. Building schools, hospitals, bringing in clean water is what“Save the Children”has been working on since 1932.

For you there are many rewards. You have the chance to write to or hear from the child you sponsored, to receive photos or progress reports, to know you are reaching out to another person, not with a handout (救济品), but a hand up. That’s how “Save the Children” works. But without you, it can’t work. Please take a moment now to fill in and post the form below to help a child like Maria. It can make a difference in his/her life and yours. For the children David Li Guyer

【小题1】We can read the letter in _____. A．somebody’s diary

B．a piece of newspaper

C．a progress report D．a story book

【小题2】What’s Maria’s most serious problem? A．She has no chance to go to school. B．Her father died of a serious disease. C．Hard work has made her suffer a lot. D．Her mother needs her badly at home. 【小题3】What is “Save the Children”? A．An activity to help poor children go to school. B．An office of the government to collect money. C．A program shown at theaters to help the poor. D．A group who works for children in poor places. 【小题4】The last sentence in the letter means “_____”. A．If Maria goes to school, you will be rewarded B．What you give is more than what you take C．Both Maria’s life and yours will change a lot D．Maria and you can help each other at school

第 150 页 共 240 页

【小题5】Which activity is similar to “Save the Children”? A．English Corner B．Project Hope C．The Summer Camp D．Job Training

7、According to a new survey, students’ safety has become a big problem. Nearly 50% of students say they are worried about robbery on the way to and from school. Now in main big cities in China some schools have taught all unusual lesson: self-protection. Students like this lesson because there are no exams or boring classes. And they can learn how to save lives and know how to stop danger before it really happens.

Here’ some advice on how to deal with danger. If you are robbed

Keep calm. If you can not cry for help or run away, give the robber your money. Try to remember what the robber looks like and tell the police later. If you are in a traffic accident

If a car hits you, you should remember the car number. If it is a bicycle, try to call your parents before you let the rider go. This is because you don't know how seriously you are hurt. If it is raining hard and there is lightning

Don’t stay in high places and stay away from trees. When there is a fire

Get away as fast as yon can. Put wet things on your body and try to find an exit. Do not take the lift. If someone is drowning

If you can’t swim, don’t get into the water. Cry out for help.

Remember that danger is never as far away as you think. Take care of yourself at all times! 56. 【小题1】Why do students like the self-protection lesson? ①Because there are no tests. ①Because the lessons are boring

① Because they can learn how to save lives.

①Because they know how to stop danger before it happens. A．①① B．①① C．①①①

D．①①①

【小题2】What will you do if a bicycle hurts you? A．I will remember the bicycle number.

第 151 页 共 240 页

B．I won't let the rider go until I call my parents. C．I will let the rider go before I call my parents.

D．I will let the rider go because I know how seriously I am hurt. 【小题3】lf your house is on fire, you must _______. A．put dry things on your body B．run quickly and take the lift

C．run away and find an exit as quickly as you Can D．take everything you have and then run away

【小题4】There are _______ ways of self-protection mentioned in the passage. A．3

B．4

C．5

D．6

【小题5】The best title for this passage is ______ . A．How to Keep Calm B．Self-protection C．An usual lesson D．Danger

8、Most Americans enjoy moving from place to place. For example, they often drive their cars 120 to 160 kilometres away just to have dinner with a friend or even fly to London or Paris just to watch a football match. In some states only one person in five lives in a place for more than five years. One may be born in one city, and go to school in another. He may finish his middle school in two or three cities, and then go to college far across the country. When he begins to work, he may possibly move from job to job. Moving from one job to another, which is called “job-hopping”, can be seen in many places in the United States. Job-hopping does good to workers because every change of a job gives them a chance to get better pay. And job-hopping also gives bosses the chance to get new ideas and skills from him or her. 【小题1】From this passage, we can see Americans often travel to ____________. A．have dinner with their friends B．go shopping C．watch a football game

D．enjoy themselves

【小题2】Which of the following is true?

A．About 20% of the people stay in one place for over five years. B．Children have to finish middle school in one place. C．People go to the nearest college.

D．When people begin to work, they don’t move any more. 【小题3】Job-hopping means “_______________”. A．looking for a job B．having a job

第 152 页 共 240 页

C．changing jobs often D．losing a job

【小题4】In the USA job-hopping _______________. A．is very popular

B．helps young people go to college C．helps workers in traveling D．helps students begin to work

【小题5】The writer thinks job-hopping _______________. A．does good only to the workers B．does good only to the boss C．must be stopped D．is helpful

9、According to a national study, in the summer of 2013, the long-term(长期的) warm weather in the UK has made the number of butterflies increase.

Around 46,000 volunteers(志愿者) took part in the year’s Big Butterfly Count(统计), and they found 830,000 butterflies.Volunteers were asked to make a record.They would record how many times they found one of 21 different kinds of butterflies.

Later, the scientists used the records to find out how many butterflies of different kinds were found across the country.Then, they compared the results to the year before.They found that there was a rise in the number of 15 kinds of butterflies, and some of them went up by 50% compared to recent years.They said the increase in butterfly numbers was a result of warm weather.

However, scientists also said that the number of butterflies was in decline(下降) as a whole, and that we might not see the same result the next year. Richard Fox, who works for Butterfly Conservation, said, “UK butterflies are in long-term decline.Studies have been done since the 1970s.They show that UK butterflies have declined in type and number.”

He added, “We must halt the long-term decline of these beautiful creatures(生物).The only way is by stopping the damage that has been done to the butterflies’ habitats(栖息地) across the UK.” 【小题1】The volunteers were asked to ______. A．study 830,000 butterflies B．help scientists take notes

C．record the number of each kind of butterfly

第 153 页 共 240 页

D．find how many kinds of butterflies there are 【小题2】What can we learn from the study? A．There were 20 kinds of UK butterflies. B．50% more UK butterflies were found in 2013. C．The number of 15 kinds of UK butterflies increased. D．There was a long-term increase in UK butterfly number.

【小题3】What does the underlined part “the same result” in Paragraph 4 mean? A．The weather is cold. B．The weather is warm. C．UK butterfly numbers decline. D．UK butterfly numbers increase.

【小题4】The underlined word “halt” in the last paragraph means “_________”. A．stop B．study

C．make

D．plan

【小题5】What would be the best headline of the passage? A．Different kinds of butterflies in the UK. B．Big Butterfly Count in the UK in 2013. C．UK Scientists made butterfly numbers increase. D．Warm weather made UK butterfly numbers increase.

10、These days, more and more Chinese people enjoy sending and receiving messages on the phone. It can help them to get the latest news and communicate with friends. But I think I should read more books besides the textbooks, the more, the better. It can open my eyes and improve my language skills. Of course, it also can help me to get good grades. Do you know how to read more and learn more? Here are some tips for you.

◆ Clear your purpose for reading

Before you start reading, ask yourself why you are reading this book. Most people read for two main reasons, pleasure or knowledge. Clearing about your reading purpose can not only help you choose the books you really need to read, but also remind you why reading the book is important to you, so you will keep reading and complete the book faster. ◆ Read only what you are interested in

No matter what you are reading, it is important to enjoy what you read. Your friends may tell you the books they love, but those books might not necessarily be the ones you enjoy.

第 154 页 共 240 页

◆ Give up books that you don’t enjoy

You may have chosen books that you are interested in, and they are right to your purpose. But while you are reading them, there may still be some books that you don’t enjoy reading. Whenever you realize that you aren’t enjoying the book you are reading, give it up. Remember reading shouldn’t be a chore. ◆ Set a reading goal

It is interesting that I read the books borrowed from libraries faster than those I bought. The reason is the books I bought don’t have a due date! I don’t need to return those books. Having a reading goal helps you work out how much reading you need to do in a week or even a day. Before you read each book, ask yourself what time you need to complete this book by.

根据短文内容，从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出正确选项，并将所选答案涂到答题卡的相应位置上。

【小题1】According to the passage, the writer might be a . A．teacher B．doctor C．student D．scientist 【小题2】Why do most people read books?

A．To get the latest news and communicate with friends. B．For pleasure or knowledge.

C．To open their eyes and improve their language skills. D．To get good grades.

【小题3】What should you do when you find the book which you are reading is boring? A．Keep on reading. B．Set a reading goal.

C．Read the books your friends love. D．Give up the book.

【小题4】The underlined words “due date” mean in Chinese. A．星期

B．借期

C．还期

D．日期

【小题5】This passage mainly tells us . A．how to read more and learn more B．how to choose a good book C．how to read faster

D．why we should read more books

11、Today, an increasing number of people are always looking at their mobile phones with their heads

第 155 页 共 240 页

down. These people are called the “Heads-down Tribe(低头族)”. Are you a heads-down tribe member? Heads-down tribe members now can be seen everywhere.

More and more traffic accidents are happening because more drivers use mobile phones when they are driving. In order to make drivers pay more attention to driving, some new traffic rules have been made. For example, people who use mobile phones while driving in Taiwan are fined (罚款). Car drivers and motorcyclists who break the traffic rule will be fined NT$3,000 and NT$1,000 respectively(分别地).

As we can see above, using mobile phones may cause accidents and even cost a lot of money. Also, more and more interesting and strange facts happen to the “Heads-down Tribe”. Let’s have a look at an interesting TV report. A man in America kept using his mobile phone on his way home.

As a result, he knocked into a big lost bear. When he lifted his eyes from the phone，he was so afraid that he turned around and ran away quickly. Another fact is that we can often see people in the restaurant eating face to face but looking at their own mobile phones. It’s strange that they don’t talk to the ones who sit opposite to them during the meal. Some of them even have fun communicating with others on the phone. Mobile phones are helpful and necessary tools for modern life. Are mobile phones good or bad? It depends on how people use them. Let’s be “healthy” users and try to be the “Heads-up Tribe”. 【小题1】A heads-down tribe member . A.is good at using the Internet B.is a dangerous driver

C.is always looking at his or her mobile phone

【小题2】The underlined word “motorcyclists” in the passage means in Chinese. A. 摩托车手 B.手机使用者 C. 低头族

【小题3】The American was when he knocked into the bear. A.driving a car B. going to work C. using his mobile phone

【小题4】According to the passage, the “Heads-down Tribe” when they eat in a restaurant. A.look at their own mobile phones B.don’t talk to the people who sit opposite C.Both A and B

第 156 页 共 240 页

【小题5】What’s the best title for the passage? A.Drive your car carefully B.Use mobile phones properly C.Be a heads-down tribe member

12、There is good news for old people with Alzheimer’s disease （老年痴呆症）. As we know, people who have Alzheimer’s disease may get lost easily. Sometimes they can’t find the way to their home. All the family members must be worried about their safety. Now, some has invented GPS-enabled walking shoes. The shoes are very special and useful. They can help people find old people easily, wherever they go. These walking shoes are especially important for people who are in the earliest stages of Alzheimer’s disease. According to the research, such old people have the highest danger. Let’s see some terrible facts. About 60℅ of patients with Alzheimer’s disease get lost for days when they go for a walk. Up to half of those who are lost and not found within 24 hours can die outside. If old people wear such shoes , you needn’t worry about that. These shoes can help their families to find them easily if they are lost. So you see, the shoes can ensure old people’s safety.

These walking shoes are equipped with a GPS device (设备) in the heel. The shoes are very comfortable and they look like the shoes that many old people wear.

The GPS-enabled walking shoes have a great advantage. Of course, the shoes are suitable for children .Parents can ask them to wear such shoes. Then they can find their children easily. But some children have different ideas. Sometimes, they don’t want their parents to know where they are. What will they do? Well… some children say that they will take them off and put them at home. 【小题1】Who are the GPS-enabled walking shoes suitable for? A．Old people with Alzheimer’s disease B．Students in primary school.

C．Old people who are strong and healthy. D．Anyone around the world

【小题2】What does the underlined word “them” in Paragraph 2 refer to ? A．GPS-enabled walking shoes B．Their families. C．Old people D．Their children.

【小题3】Why don’t some children like to wear GPS-enabled walking shoes ? A．They think the GPS-enabled walking shoes are very ugly. B．It is uncomfortable to wear GPS-enabled walking shoes.

第 157 页 共 240 页

C．The GPS-enabled walking shoes are suitable for them. D．They don’t want their parents to find them easily. 【小题4】What does this passage mainly talk about?

A．People who have Alzheimer’s disease can’t find the way to their home sometimes. B．The GPS-enabled walking shoes can help us find the old or the children easily. C．The GPS-enabled walking shoes look like the shoes that many old people wear. D．We can see the GPS-enabled walking shoes easily wherever we go around the world.

13、Michelle, a famous lady, has found that more than 25% students are too fat in her country. It is a very serious problem. So she starts a health program to deal with it. The health program is to reduce the amount(数量)of fat students today and in the future.

The program will get families, schools, newspapers, magazines and TVs to join together and deal with the students’ obesity(肥胖症) so that students will be at a healthier weight. The program includes: Food stores should sell healthier foods. Schools should serve healthier meals with less fat and should also offer gym classes.

The lady is trying to fight the students’ obesity all over the country because it can cause illnesses and higher health cost. She wants the students to eat right, exercise more and control their weight. She also wants the students to understand it is important to have less sweet food, and drink water, milk and fresh juices, but not to choose cokes. At the same time she has also set a good example by planting a vegetable garden. She hopes that the garden will encourage more people to plant one, too.

The health program is really helpful to the students today and in the future. As she says, we cannot always build the future for youth, but we can build our youth for the future. 【小题1】In Michelle’s country over of the students are too fat. A．75%

B．a quarter C．a half

D．15%

【小题2】What does the lady want the shops to do? A．To offer gym classes. B．To plant a vegetable garden. C．To serve meals with less fat. D．To sell healthier foods.

【小题3】Michelle encourages fat students to have . A．more vegetables B．sweet food C．many cokes D．much fat

第 158 页 共 240 页

【小题4】What’s the main idea of the passage? A．The lady introduces healthy drinks. B．The lady cares about food cost. C．The lady fights obesity in students. D．The lady feel worried about the height.

14、Teenager Jake Deham was skiing(滑雪) with his family in the USA when he fell over and lost one of his skis. His family didn’t know that he had a problem. They kept on skiing. When they got to the foot of the mountain, there was no sign of Jake.

Jake couldn’t find his ski anywhere. In the end, he decided to take off his other ski and walk down the mountain. But he couldn’t work out the right way to go.

It was now getting dark and he was a long way from any place of safety. He knew that he might die that night in the cold temperatures. But Jake kept calm(镇定). At home, Jake watched a lot of programmes about living in difficult situations. He remembered the advice from these programmes and knew that he should build a hole in the snow. He made a hole and pointed it up the hill so the wind couldn’t blow into it. Outside his hole, the temperature fell to a dangerous-15℃ that night, but inside it Jake was safe from the cold. But he had to get down the mountain. The TV programmes always said,“ If you are lost, you should find someone else’ s tracks(足迹) through the snow and follow them.” “I wanted to live my life.” remembers Jake.“So I got up and I found some ski tracks and I followed those.” He walked and walked and finally he saw lights. Nine hours after he lost his ski, he found a team of worker who came to save him. He was safe!

His mum was very happy when she heard the news. Amazingly, Jake didn’t even have to go to hospital. He got through the terrible experience without any injuries.

So, the next time someone says that watching TV is a waste of time, think of Jake. Sometimes TV can save your life!

【小题1】Jake’s parents didn’t know that he was missing until . A．they reached the foot of the mountain B．they began to ski down the mountain C．a team of workers found Jake D．Jake lost on of his skis

【小题2】What was the most important decision Jake made for his safety? A. To go skiing with his family in the USA.

第 159 页 共 240 页

B. To search for the ski that he had lost in the snow. C. To take off his other ski and walk down the mountain. D. To build a hole in the snow to keep himself warm.

【小题3】How did Jake get down the mountain the next morning? A．He followed his parents. B．He followed the workers. C．He followed some ski tracks. D．He followed some light.

【小题4】What was the correct order in which these events happened? a. Jake made a hole in the snow. b. Jake lost one of his skis. c. Jake finally saw lights. d. He followed some lights. A．d-b-a-c B．a-b-c-d C．b-a-d-c D．c-b-a-d

【小题5】Facing the difficulties, Jake Denham was . A．polite and hardworking B．calm and clever C．outgoing and helpful D．warm and friendly

15、Teenager Jake Deham was skiing(滑雪) with his family in the USA when he fell over and lost one of his skis. His family didn’t know that he had a problem. They kept on skiing. When they got to the foot of the mountain, there was no sign of Jake.

Jake couldn’t find his ski anywhere. In the end, he decided to take off his other ski and walk down the mountain. But he couldn’t work out the right way to go.

It was now getting dark and he was a long way from any place of safety. He knew that he might die that night in the cold temperatures. But Jake kept calm(镇定). At home, Jake watched a lot of programmes about living in difficult situations. He remembered the advice from these programmes and knew that he should build a hole in the snow. He made a hole and pointed it up the hill so the wind couldn’t blow into it. Outside his hole, the temperature fell to a dangerous-15℃ that night, but inside it Jake was safe from the cold. But he had to get down the mountain. The TV programmes always said,“ If you are lost, you should find someone else’ s tracks(足迹) through the snow and follow them.” “I wanted to live my life.” remembers Jake.“So I got up and I found some ski tracks and I followed those.” He walked and walked and

第 160 页 共 240 页

finally he saw lights. Nine hours after he lost his ski, he found a team of worker who came to save him. He was safe!

His mum was very happy when she heard the news. Amazingly, Jake didn’t even have to go to hospital. He got through the terrible experience without any injuries.

So, the next time someone says that watching TV is a waste of time, think of Jake. Sometimes TV can save your life!

【小题1】Jake’s parents didn’t know that he was missing until . A．they reached the foot of the mountain B．they began to ski down the mountain C．a team of workers found Jake D．Jake lost on of his skis

【小题2】What was the most important decision Jake made for his safety? A. To go skiing with his family in the USA. B. To search for the ski that he had lost in the snow. C. To take off his other ski and walk down the mountain. D. To build a hole in the snow to keep himself warm.

【小题3】How did Jake get down the mountain the next morning? A．He followed his parents. B．He followed the workers. C．He followed some ski tracks. D．He followed some light.

【小题4】What was the correct order in which these events happened? a. Jake made a hole in the snow. b. Jake lost one of his skis. c. Jake finally saw lights. d. He followed some lights. A．d-b-a-c B．a-b-c-d C．b-a-d-c D．c-b-a-d

【小题5】Facing the difficulties, Jake Denham was . A．polite and hardworking B．calm and clever C．outgoing and helpful D．warm and friendly

第 161 页 共 240 页

16、Vanuatu is an island nation in the South Pacific. It is one of the smallest countries in the world. But for those who are interested in adventure and sport, there is a lot to do. Vanuatu’s islands offer visitors two of the most exciting and dangerous activities in the world: volcano（火山）surfing and land diving. Volcano Surfing

On Tanna Island, Mount Yasur rises 300 meters into the sky. Yasur is an active volcano, and it erupts（爆发）almost every day, sometimes several times a day. For centuries, people have climbed this mountain to visit the top. Recently, people have also started climbing Yasur to surf the volcano. In some ways, volcano surfing is like surfing in the sea, but in other ways it’s very different. Volcano surfers try to escape the erupting volcano—without getting hit by flying rocks! It’s fast, fun and dangerous—the perfect extreme sport（极限运动）. Land Diving

Most people are familiar with bungee jumping, but do you know bungee jumping started on Pentecost Island in Vanuatu and is almost fifteen centuries old? The activity, first called land diving, is part of a religious ceremony（宗教仪式）. A man ties tree vines（树藤）to his legs. He then jumps head-first from a high tower to touch the earth with the top of his head—without breaking the vine. Every spring, island natives (men only) still take part in this amazing activity. 【小题1】In Line 2, what does the word “those” mean? A．People. B．Animals. C．Activities. D．Islands.

【小题2】According to the passage, Mount Yasur ______. A．is no longer active

B．is on Pentecost Island

C．erupts almost every day D．rises 800 meters into the sky 【小题3】Why have people recently started climbing Mount Yasur? A．People can climb it easily. B．People can make money. C．People can watch snow on it. D．People can surf the volcano.

【小题4】Which of the following about land diving is true? A．It is not dangerous at all.

B．It was first called “bungee jumping”. C．It is a traditional activity in Vanuatu. D．It came to Vanuatu from another country.

第 162 页 共 240 页

【小题5】What is the purpose of the passage? A．To tell people not to do dangerous sports.

B．To explain what volcano surfing and land diving are. C．To talk about the world’s best volcano surfer and land diver. D．To compare activities in Vanuatu with sports in New Zealand.

17、Have you ever had this moment: you are talking about name? Don’t worry! In English, there are special names to replace（代替）their real names.

In the US, if you forget someone’s name, you can simply say the name John Doe for a man, or Jane Doe for a woman. For example, ‘Did you see that boy who was running in the rain?’ ‘Ah, yes, poor John Doe.’ Also, in US courts ( 法庭), people also use these names. This is to keep the person’ s identity(身份) a secret. People use the name so often that there was even a comedy film in 1941 called Meet John Doe. However in the UK, unknown people are called John Smith. This is because John is one of the most common first names in English. And Smith is the most common family name. So next time you forget someone’s name, you know who to say. 【小题1】What will Ameri

an people use for a woman if they can’t remember her name? A．John Doe. B．Jane Doe.

C．John Smith. D．Jane Smith

【小题2】In US courts, people also use those special names because _____. A．it is not necessary to use real names

B．they become popular because of a comedy film C．it is a good way to keep the person’s identity unknown D．it is necessary to use real names

【小题3】 Why there was even a comedy film in 1941 called Meet John Doe? A．Because people use the name so often. B．Because people don’t often use the name. C．Because the name sounds great. D．Because people never use the name.

【小题4】In UK, they can call unknown people _____________. A．John Doe. B．Jane Doe. C．John Smith. D．Jane Smith

【小题5】 The story mainly talks about ____.

第 163 页 共 240 页

A．why people sometimes can’t remember others’ names

B．the name people say when they can’t remember someone’s real name C．differences of name use between the UK and the US D．when people can call people’s names

18、At EF—English First, we provide the best English language training program available, and teachers are at the heart of our learning center. EF has over 120 schools in 50 cities, and is a very popular name in China. EF is looking for native English speakers with teaching experience to help Chinese people learn English well. While teaching English with EF, you will continue to develop as a teaching profession while experiencing life in this great nation.

As soon as you walk into an EF school, you will understand why creating a welcoming learning environment is important for us to teach English. Our schools have modern well-equipped(装备) classrooms, computer labs, and teaching preparation areas. Our teachers receive a complete modern teaching program to prepare themselves to teach our high standards. And they’ve got high salary.

EF was set up a year before 1965 with the duty to “break down barriers(障碍) in language, culture and geography”. It has helped over 15 million students to learn a new language and travel abroad. 【小题1】 According to the passage, those who _________ are likely to be welcomed. A．have rich knowledge B．have teaching methods C．have teaching experience D．are healthy

【小题2】Which is NOT TRUE according to the passage? A．EF is very popular in China.

B．The learning environment is important to learn English well. C．Our schools own modern equipment.

D．Our teachers have taught English with EF in the foreign country. 【小题3】 How long has EF been in China? A．For about 51 years. B．For 50 years C．For 49 years. D．For 52 years.

【小题4】What’s the main purpose of the passage? A．To provide the best English language training. B．To ask more English speakers to China.

C．To employ native English teachers to teach in China. D．To make people learn about EF

第 164 页 共 240 页

【小题5】From the passage we can see that EF _________. A．has the most successful teaching ideas.

B．has made a great achievement in language training. C．is the largest center of English teachers in China. D．is one of the worst training schools.

19、Every day, it is easy to see advertisements all around us. Look around. How many different advertisements can you see?

Often products show the names of the companies that made them. This is a popular form of advertising. The special picture or symbol, for example, logo, appears on many different products. When you see a logo, it is hard to forget the product or the company.

Many people buy a product because it is made by a certain company. In fact, some people only buy the products of the famous companies. They think it proves that they are fashionable and have a good taste. It is common to find or hear advertisements on TV or on the radio. Most advertisements are very short for people to remember. Nike, for example, has a simple slogan used all around the world:“Just do it.” Advertisements often use funny situations as well. It is easy to remember an interesting ad.

All advertisements are designed to make people buy the products. An advertisement for a soft drink, for example, might show a group of fashionable young people who are having fun. The young people are all drinking the soft drink. Advertisers are saying to you, “Why don’t you buy it like these people? You can be young, modern and fashionable,too.”

You might think that advertisements do not affect you, but the next time you buy a soft drink, ask yourself: Why am I buying this special product?

【小题1】From the first paragraph, we can learn that ____ . A．advertisements are frustrating and tiring

B．advertisements are very common in our everyday life C．we can’t live without advertisements

D．the writer wants to know how many different advertisements we can see every day 【小题2】What does the underlined word “logo” mean in Chinese? A．产品

B．广告

C．公司

D．图标

【小题3】Why do some people only buy the products of the famous companies? A．Because they think that they are fashionable and have a good taste. B．Because they think the products are good in quality.

第 165 页 共 240 页

C．Because they like the products and names of the companies. D．Because they think some famous people also buy the products. 【小题4】The writer mentions “Nike” in the 4th paragraph to show____. A．it is a famous product which people always want to buy B．many advertisements are often very short for people to remember C．it is common to find or hear advertisements on TV or on the radio D．it has the best slogan used all around the world

20、Black is the color of power. It has the meaning of submission（服从）. It is popular in fashion because it makes people look thinner.

White is the color for brides（新娘）. White is considered a summer color. White is popular in fashion because it is light and goes with everything.

Red is a hot and strong color. It can make the heart beat faster. It is also the color of love. Red clothes can make people look heavier. And red things get noticed more than things that are another color.

The color of the sky and the ocean, blue, is one of the most popular colors. It is often used in bedrooms. Blue can also be cold and make people feel sad.

Green means nature. It is the most comfortable color on the eyes and can improve vision（视力）. It is a calming color. Hospitals often use green because it can make patients relax.

Yellow is the most difficult color for the eyes to take in. Yellow is the color of sunshine. It is a warm color like red. On the one hand, it is the color of happiness and joy. On the other hand, it means fear and dishonest behavior.

【小题1】Black is a color often used in fashion because it can make people look ___. A．powerful

B．relaxed C．thinner D．heavier

【小题2】Red is the color of ____ according to the passage. A．fear B．love C．joy D．sadness

【小题3】The best color to make an excited person calm down is ________. A．white

B．blue C．green

D．yellow

【小题4】In the sentence “He is too yellow to stand up and fight”, “yellow”most probably means “____”.

A．sad B．happy C．brave 答案 1、

第 166 页 共 240 页

D．afraid

2、

3、

4、

5、

6、

第 167 页 共 240 页

7、

8、

9、

10、

11、

12、

第 168 页 共 240 页

13、

14、

15、

16、

17、

第 169 页 共 240 页

18、

19、

20、

中考英语阅读理解集练——健康保健类

1、Ann’s Sports Timetable Activities go to the gym play table tennis go bicycling with Mike and Tony Time 6：00 a.m. -7：00 a.m. every day 4：00 p.m. -5：30 p.m. Wednesday afternoon and Friday afternoon 5：30 p.m. -6：30 p.m. Saturday afternoon 第 170 页 共 240 页

go hiking with her classmates 9：00 a.m.-11：30 a.m. Sunday morning 【小题1】Ann often on Sundays. A．plays table tennis B．goes hiking C．goes bicycling

【小题2】Mike goes bicycling . A．with Tony and Ann B．alone

C．with his brothers

【小题3】How long does Ann stay in the gym every day? A．One hour. B．30 minutes. C．2 hours.

【小题4】—Does Ann play table tennis ? —Yes, she does. A．once a week B．twice a week C．three times a week

【小题5】Ann doesn’t do sports on afternoon. A．Wednesday B．Friday C． Monday

2、Healthy eating starts with learning new ways to eat,such as adding more fresh fruit and vegetables,and cutting back on foods that have lots of fat, salt and sugar. Healthy eating will help you feel your best and give you plenty of energy.It can help you deal with stress better.

However,healthy eating isn’t a diet . If you eat too little when you diet, you may eat more after you stop dieting. Eating a healthy, balanced diet is very satisfying. And if you match that with more exercise, you may be able to have a healthier weight.

What can you do to make healthy eating habit?

First, think about your reasons for heathier eating. Do you want to improve your health?Do you want to feel better?

Next, think about small changes that you can make. Then set some goals and go for them. Set an easy goal you can reach.,like having a piece of fruit each day.

Set a long-term(长远的）goal too, such as having one meal not including meat or fish every week.What’s

第 171 页 共 240 页

more, having help from others is important . After you get more help, it’ll be easier for you to make changes. Have family and friends help you make meals and give you useful advice on healthy cooking .

If you need more help, talk to your doctor or look online for groups that care about healthy eating and tell success stories .

【小题1】The underline part “cutting back on” means “ _____” in Chinese. A．制造

B．销毁

C．减少

D．增加

【小题2】The second paragagh is mainly about _______. A．how to eat healthily B．how to lose weight

C．the advantages of eating and dieting

D．the difference between healthy eating and dieting 【小题3】The writer advises people to __________. ① go on a diet ① do more exercise ① set some goals ① make big changes first A．① ①

B．① ① C．①① D．① ①

【小题4】 The writer mentions people can get help from the following EXCEPT A．friends B．TV programs C．doctors D．the Internet

【小题5】What’s the passage mainly about? A．Healthy cooking B．Healthy eating C．Ways to set goals D．Ways to lose weight

3、The size and shape(形状) of your ears show your character more than any other parts of the face. Other parts of the face change shape as we get older, but ears do not change their shape. They only change in size.

Reading people’s character from their ears is an old science. In very old times people thought that a person with big ears had a good and generous character. They thought that a person with pale, small ears was dangerous. They also thought that the shape of the ear showed if a person was musical. Today, too many people believe that the size and the shape of the ear help you know if a person is musical.

Ears are all different, and each characteristic has a meaning. Next time when you look at a person, see if his ears are large, medium-size or small. Look at the lobes (the lowest part of the ear). Do they stick to the face? Ears that are always red mean a person may easily get angry, or he / she just has high blood pressure

第 172 页 共 240 页

(高血压). Ears that are always cold and pale mean a person has a nervous character. And a big inside hole of the ear means a person is musical.

【小题1】When a baby is born, . A．his / her ears are red

B．his / her ears will not change all the life C．he / she will get large ears

D．his / her ears will not change in shape

【小题2】We can guess Beethoven(a world-famous musician) may have . A．ears with a big inside hole B．round white ears C．ears with a hole in the lobes D．big red ears 【小题3】Which may be the best title of the article? A．Looking at a person in the right way B．Ears and characters C．The change of ears D．Ears and colours

4、Do you feel tired sometimes? Nowadays, stress is everywhere in our daily life. Not just men, women and young people also suffer from stress.

There are many causes, such as: death, marriage, money, moving house, changing jobs, ending relationships. So how do you know if you suffer from stress? Do the Stress Test and find out! Stress Test Do you …? Yes No 1. often sleep badly? 2. get headaches a lot? 3. find it difficult to relax?

4. need alcohol (酒精) or cigarettes to keep calm? 5. usually hide your feeling?

6. find it difficult to put your heart into something? 7. take sleeping pills?

8. get angry when things go wrong?

If you have more than two “Yes” among these questions, you are suffering from stress. So what can you do about it?

第 173 页 共 240 页

Doing yoga (瑜伽), chewing gum and playing with worry beads (念珠) are all common ways of relieving (减轻) stress. However, doctors now say that there are simpler ways. They say that people should laugh and smile more often. When you laugh and smile, your body relaxes. They also say that people—and especially men—ought to cry more often, because cry ing is the natural way of relieving stress. 【小题1】From the passage, we can know that . A．many soc ial problems can cause stress

B．young people suffer more from stress than the old C．doing yoga is the most useful way to relieve stress D．if all the answers are yes, you are suffering from stress 【小题2】You may suffer from stress if you . A．never depend on alcohol or cigarettes B．can sleep without sleeping pills C．often communicate with anyone else D．easily get angry when things go wrong

【小题3】Which of the following is NOT a way to relieve stress? A．Doing yoga. B．Taking sleeping pills.

C．Laughing and crying. D．Playing with worry beads.

5、

Joan’s Favourite Activities Day Monday Activity Play tennis with her friends Play basketball with her classmates Go swimming Have a picnic with her parents Read books with her sister Place In the Tennis Club Time 4:30 p.m. --- 5:15 p. m. 4:00 p.m. --- 5:30 p. m. 6:00 p.m. --- 7:00 p. m. 10:00 a.m.--- 12:00 a. m. 2:00 p.m. --- 5:00 p. m. Wednesday In the playground In the Swimming Club In the park Friday Saturday Sunday

At home 第 174 页 共 240 页

【小题1】Where does Joan often play tennis? A．In the playground.

B．In the club.

C．In the park. D．At home.

【小题2】Who often goes out for a picnic with Joan? A．Her friends. B．Her classmates. C．Her parents. D．Her sister.

【小题3】What does Joan often do on Friday evening? A．Play basketball. B．Read books. C．Go swimming. D．Have a picnic.

【小题4】When does Joan’s sister usually read books? A．From 11:00 a.m. to 12:00 a. m. B．From 2:00 p.m. to 5:00 p. m. C．From 4:30 p.m. to 5:15 p. m. D．From 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 p. m.

【小题5】What can we learn from the passage? A．Joan often plays basketball for two hours. B．Joan likes to stay at home on Saturday. C．Joan likes to read books on Saturday. D．Joan likes sports very much.

6、It's different between western countries and eastern countries about how to keep healthy.

Traditional Chinese doctors believe we need a balance of cool yin and hot yang to be healthy. In China, herbs(中草药) are the main medicine but in western countries they use tablets(药片).

In China, if you are quiet and always tired, Chinese doctors might think you have too much yin. You should eat more hot yang food. It can give you some energy(能量). But in western countries , doctors will check(检查) your body. They might give you some tablets to cure (治愈) your disease （疾病）. People who are easily stressed out and angry might have too much yang in their bodies. Chinese doctors believe they should eat more yin food.

Now, people all over the world like herbs, because they think those herbs are healthy and they can help them eat a balanced diet.

根据文章内容，判断下列句子正（T）误（F）.

【小题1】If you are quiet and always tired, you should eat much yin food.

第 175 页 共 240 页

【小题2】In western countries, doctors will check your heart if you always feel tired. 【小题3】People around the world use different ways to stay healthy. 【小题4】You should eat less yin food if you are easily stressed out and angry. 【小题5】People believe herbs can help them eat a balanced diet and stay healthy.

7、任务型阅读（5分）注意：每空一词。

Have you ever been so worried about something that you have a headache or even can’t sleep at night? Then you cannot pay enough attention during a test or in your study. If so, then you know that is stress. You are worried too much about something. The bad feeling in your mind can make you angry, sad, or scared, and can even give you a stomachache or a headache.

However, some kind of stress is good. Excitement might happen when you are called to give a speech at school. You feel nervous but excited. This kind of stress can help you to get things well done. And you may do a better job in your test if the stress pushes you to prepare more beforehand.

On the other hand, bad stress can last long if you are unable to come over your problems. You may not feel well, if your parents are having a quarrel, if a family member is badly ill, if you’re doing poorly at school, or if anything else makes you unhappy. That kind of stress isn’t going to help you. And it can actually let you do worse in your daily life. The best way to fight the stress is to have a balanced life. Make sure you get enough sleep and eat properly. Have some regular exercise. You should take some time for fun. Get advice from your parents, teachers and friends. Soon after that, you’ll probably get away with your stress.

Title face the stress: Meaning of stress Stress is a feeling if you _____【小题1】__too much about something that you can not solve Possible influence You may feel____【小题2】___ in your mind and body. Different kinds Good stress ·You might feel excited when you speak in public. ·You will do the job well. ·It makes you __【小题3】____ more before doing an important job. Bad stress Stress can last long if you are unable to come over your problems. It can actually let you do _____【小

第 176 页 共 240 页

题4】____ in your daily life. How to keep stress away Keep a __【小题5】__ life in mind. They are sleep, exercise, food, time for fun and talk with others.

8、Sportsmanship (体育精神) means that players should try to win, but respect (尊敬), friendship and competition are also virtues (美德) of sportsmanship.

What were some of the great sportsmanship moments at the Olympics? Let’s take a look! Respect

Respect means that players should not only respect rules but also his or her rivals (对手). During the Olympic tennis event, the world No. 1 Roger Federer of Switzerland (瑞士) lost the gold medal. Andy Murray of Brain won it. Federer felt sad but he still congratulated his rival. Competition

American shooter Matt Emmons failed on his final shot at both Sydney and Beijing Games. But he has never been afraid of the competition. He competed at the London Olympics and got a bronze medal. Friendship

Badminton players Lin Dan of China and Lee Chongwei of Malaysia are big rivals on the court (球场). During the Olympic Games, Lin beat Lee to win the gold medal. Although it is a pity for Lee, he politely shook hands with his rival. Lin also gave Lee a hug and said, “Lee is such a good rival.” They always hang out together after games. Lin will invite Lee to his wedding ceremony (婚礼) this year. 【小题1】When did Matt Emmons get a bronze medal? A．At the Sydney Olympics. B．At the Beijing Olympics. C．At the London Olympics. D．At the Athens Olympics.

【小题2】What did Lee do when Lin beat him? A．He cried after the game. B．He shook hands with Lin. C．He gave a hug to Lin. D．He hurt Lin on his head.

【小题3】Which of the following is TRUE according to this passage? A．Sportsmanship means that players only try to win.

第 177 页 共 240 页

B．Respect means that players should respect rules but nothing.

C．Matt Emmons has been afraid of the competition after failing on his final shot. D．Lin wants Lee to take part in his wedding ceremony this year.

9、Experts(专家) say that students usually need eight to ten hours’ sleep at night, but most Chinese students do not get enough sleep. Some Chinese parents are usually glad to see their children studying late. They will think their children work very hard, but not all parents are happy about this. Once a mother told us that every morning her 10-year-old boy put up one finger (手指) with his eyes still closed, begging(请求) for one more minute to sleep. Like thousands of students “ early birds” in China, he has to get up before six every morning.

A report shows that without a good night’s sleep, students seem to be weaker (虚弱) than they should be. Many students have fallen asleep during class at one time or another. Too much homework is not the only reason why students stay up late. Some watch TV or play the computer games late into the night. Experts have ever said that the students should develop good study habits. So some clever students never study late, they are able to work well in class.

【小题1】The 10-year-old boy begged for more minute to sleep because__________. A．he didn’t have enough sleep B．it wasn’t time for him to get up C．he didn’t want to go to school D．he wanted his mother to wake him up

【小题2】In this passage “early birds” means “persons who ______________” A．get up early B．get up late C．sleep less

D．don’t want to sleep

【小题3】According to the passage, which of the following is right?_________ A．If you want to study better, you must work hard at night. B．Sleeping less means working hard.

C．Some clever students are able to work well in class because they have good study habits. D．Students don’t have enough sleep because they have lots of homework to do.

10、All over the world, people enjoy sports. Sports are good for people’s health. Many people like to watch others play games. They buy tickets or turn on their TV sets or may be online to watch.

Sports change with the seasons. People play different games in different seasons. Sometimes they play

第 178 页 共 240 页

inside the room. Sometimes they play outside. We can find sports here and there. Some sports are rather interesting and people everywhere like them. Football, for example, is very popular in the world. People from different countries cannot understand each other, but after a game they often become very friendly to each other.

【小题1】 Sports are good for _______. A．the players B．people’s health C．the coaches D．people who like sports 【小题2】If you like sports, you can _______. A. buy tickets to watch the games B. watch the games on TV C. watch the games on the Internet D.A、B and C

【小题3】People play _______ in different seasons. A．the same game B．different games C．any games D．all kinds of games

【小题4】_______ is very popular in the world. A．Table tennis B．Baseball C．Football D．Skating

【小题5】From this passage we can see that _______ can become very friendly. A．people from different countries all B．people from the same country C．people who do the same sports

D．after a game, people from different countries

11、Do you like travelling? If you are interested， come to our travel service as soon as possible. We offer the following travel lines for you to choose. 2-Day Yangzhou Colourful Group Tour How about going to Yangzhou for the weekend? You can visit Slim West Lake， Ge Garden， Daming Temple and taste Huaiyang delicious food such as Yangzhou fried rice and Fuchun buns. Tour Price:￥690 Call us at 800-817-7223 4-Day Qingdao Private(私人的) Tour

第 179 页 共 240 页

Qingdao is famous for its sunshine， white sandy beaches and clear water. You can relax here， walking along the beaches and breathing the fresh air! Tour Price: 1 person ￥669 2-5 persons ￥550/person 6-9 persons ￥530/person Call us at 800-810-6288 5-Day Colourful Taiwan Group Tour If you like to take a round-island trip， Taiwan is the best place for you! You can climb A-li Mountain， go boating in Sun Moon Lake and experience the various cultures of the island. Tour Price:￥8500 Call us at 800-850-8288 8-Day London Private Tour Come to London for a few relaxing days to enjoy the view of the Thames(泰晤士河) and visit such places of interest as Tower Bridge and Big Ben. Tour Price: 1 person ￥16800 2-5 persons ￥15800/person 6-9 persons ￥13800/person Call us at 800-830-7288 【小题1】How long will the Yangzhou Colourful Group Tour last? A．Two days C．Five days

B．Four days D．Eight days

【小题2】Mrs Li is planning to take the 4-Day Qingdao Private Tour with her two daughters. How much will they pay?

A．￥1590 B．￥1650 C．￥2007 D．￥47400

【小题3】If you want to take the 8-Day London Private Tour， you should call ________. A．800-817-7223 C．800-830-7288

12、Sleep is very important. A person who does not sleep dies faster than a person who does not eat. We spend about a third (1/3) of our lives sleeping. That’s about 121 days a year!

How much sleep do we need? We are all different. A baby needs 16 hours of sleep every day. Children

第 180 页 共 240 页

B．800-810-6288 D．800-850-8288

6 to 12 years old need an average (平均) of 10 to 12 hours of sleep. Teenagers need 9 to 10 hours of sleep. An adult needs an average of 7 to 8 hours a night. There are some people who need only 3 hours of sleep. Others need 10 hours of sleep. After the age of 50, the average sleep time goes down to 6.5 hours a night. We need less sleep as we get older.

About one in three Americans has a problem with sleep. Many of these people can’t fall asleep. The name of this problem is insomnia. Some people say, “I didn’t sleep all night.” But that’s not really true. They may sleep lightly and wake up several times. In the morning, they only remember the times they were awake (醒着), so they think they were awake all night.

This is not a new problem. Many famous people in history had insomnia. Some of these people had special ideas to make them sleep. Benjamin Franklin had four beds. He moved from one to another to fall asleep. Mark Twain had a different way. He lay on his side (侧卧) across the end of the bed! 【小题1】 If you are thirteen years old, you need at least ______ hours of sleep. A．16 B．12 C．9

D．7

【小题2】 What does the underlined word “insomnia” mean in this passage? A．Being unable to sleep.

B．Good sleep.

C．Slow sleep. D．Sleep with many dreams.

【小题3】 Which of the following is true according to the passage? A．We will die soon if we don’t sleep well. B．The older we get, the less sleep we need. C．We can’t tell a person’s age from his sleep time.

D．Famous people move from one bed to another to fall asleep. 【小题4】Which would be the best title for this passage? A．Sleep More! B．Go to Sleep! C．Sleep Time D．Famous People

13、If you are lucky enough, you may find the hummingbird (蜂鸟), the smallest bird of the animal world, in a south American forest.

Though the hummingbird is no bigger than a bee and weighs only 2 to 3 grams, it can fly as fast as 50 meters in a second. It can fly forwards (向前) as most birds do, and it can fly backwards as well. The strangest thing about it, however, is that it can stay still in the air, just like a helicopter. Whenever a hummingbird needs food, it will fly slowly towards a flower. It won’t stand on the flower, as bees do, but just hangs to the flower and then begins to sunk (吸吮) the honey from inside the flower with

第 181 页 共 240 页

its needle-like beak.

The hummingbird is very particular in building its nest (巢). It takes great trouble to choose materials. It likes soft ones better than hard ones. Its eggs are so small that a common match box can hold as many as one hundred of them.

【小题1】Most of the hummingbirds live in a(n) __________ forest. A．north American B．south Asian C．north Asian D．south American

【小题2】A hummingbird can fly as fast as _______ meters in a second. A．fifty B．five hundred

C．fifteen D．one hundred and fifty

【小题3】The underlined word “helicopter” most probably means _______. A．轮船

B．公共汽车

C．火车

D．直升飞机

【小题4】When a hummingbird builds a nest, it likes better. A．soft materials

B．hard materials

C．an material D．both

【小题5】Which of the sentences is NOT true? A．A hummingbird can even fly backwards.

B．You cannot see the wings of a hummingbird move.

C．A hummingbird will fly quickly towards a flower when it’s hungry. D．A common match box can hold as many as one hundred hummingbird eggs.

14、I think it is safe to say that snakes are not popular among most people. It would be hard to find a person who is neutral (中立的),or simply doesn’t care one way or the other. What I wonder is why something even without legs causes such great fear.

Snakes are quite useful, but that doesn’t seem to matter. Snakes help control the population of mice. Without snakes, perhaps we would find mice everywhere. Most of us, however, would rather see a mouse than a snake.

The poison argument (毒性的争论) is a strong one. Some snakes are poisonous, and this causes people’s death. However, the poisonous snakes are only a small number. We can’t say all the snakes are bad just because of a few dangerous ones.

And what do we do with the people who really like snakes? They like snakes even more strongly than we dislike them. These people learn about them, find them out, and watch them carefully. Why? The only

第 182 页 共 240 页

reason I can think of is that these people are open-minded. They are able to put aside differences and welcome the snake as a friend.

Whatever the reason for our like or dislike, snakes do something good in the circle of life. They would prefer to be left alone, and that is what we should do. If you’re lucky, you might not run across more than a few of them in a lifetime. That would be fine with most of us. 【小题1】How does the writer describe the appearance of snakes? A．Something even without legs. B．Something not popular among people. C．A person who is neutral.

D．A person who cares about nothing.

【小题2】Which of the following shows that most people dislike snakes? A．They welcome snakes as their best friends. B．They would rather see a mouse than a snake. C．They wonder why snakes can cause great fear. D．They learn about snakes and watch them carefully. 【小题3】Although some snakes are poisonous, ______. A．they cause many people’s death B．they control the population of mice C．they are not dangerous to people D．they are only a small number

【小题4】People who really like snakes are open-mindedbecause they ______. A．are able to put aside differences B．think all the snakes are poisonous C．are able to deal with poisonous snakes D．take part in the poison argument

【小题5】The last paragraph seems to tell us that the writer ______. A．dislikes snakes B．has the best luck C．loves snakes

15、You may know the saying: An apple a day keeps the doctor away. A recent study by the Chinese University of Hong Kong has discovered another saying: An apple a day keeps old age away.

The study involved fruit flies(g果蝇), as they share many genes(基因) with humans. Researchers gave

第 183 页 共 240 页

D．prefers to be left alone

one group of fruit flies normal food, and another group of fruit flies got the same food including apple. The results showed that flies that ate apple lived an average of 55 days longer than the flies that didn’t eat apple. The study also found that apple-eating flies were more able to walk, climb and move about as they became old, the Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry reports.

The researchers believe that the antioxidants (抗氧化剂）found in apples are good for health.

In another experiment, researchers studied the diets of thousands of women. They found that those women who often ate apples were 20 percent less likely to have heart disease.

Scientists have recently discovered the apple’s genetic code(基因代码). This allows scientists to make new kinds of fruit that are healthier. Researchers are already using this information to grow apples with added antioxidants. Antioxidants help to keep eyes and joints (关节)healthy and protect against heart attacks and cancer.

Apples that help people lose weight may be in supermarkets in just four or five years. They are said to be “extra healthy” apples that can stop people from overeating.

【小题1】Fruit flies were used in the research because_______________ . A．they love to eat apples

B．they share similar genes with humans C．they are easy to catch D．they can live longer

【小题2】By studying the diets of many women, researchers ___________ . A．proved apples were good for people’s health. B．found they are healthier than men C．helped them to lose weight successfully D．discovered the genetic code of the apple

【小题3】From the story, we can infer(推测) that _________________. A．women like to eat apples more often than men B．people who eat apples are easier to have heart disease C．scientists are studying a new type of apples D．apples’ genetic code is similar to other fruits

【小题4】 You may find the passage in ____________ . A．a science magazine B．a guidebook C． a picture show D．a storybook

第 184 页 共 240 页

16、Have you heard of “Kong Nao”? A new word appears on the Internet recently. In fact, it refers to some passengers who behave badly by plane and could endanger flight safety. On December 11, on the airline flight from Bangkok Thailand to Nanjing, two tourists conflicted with an air attendant. The male tourist poured garbage in the aisle(过道) and said something bad to the flight attendant. The female tourist threw a whole cup of hot water over the flight attendant. At last the plane was forced to turn back. On January 10, 2015, a passenger on Flight MU2036 opened an emergency exit without permission because of dissatisfaction with the flight delay. At last the plane was forced to turn back.

These things not only affect the normal order of flight but also have a bad international influence. The improvement of living standards means more Chinese can take a plane. But many of them don’t behave well in public. A report by Living Social website in March 2012 even listed Chinese as the world’s second worst tourists after Americans.

If you want to change those bad behaviors and become a civilized passenger, remember to avoid the followings：

●Don’t spit in public or throw away trashes here and there. ●Never cut in line or snatch bus seats. ●Don’t laugh or speak loudly.

●Don’t take off shoes or smoke in public. ●Say something polite and do something civilized.

Whenever and wherever you are, you need to respect others. In this way, you'll win compliments（称赞） for yourself.

【小题1】Why do more and more Chinese people take the plane? A．Because Chinese people want to see more of the world.

B．Because taking the plane is more and more popular around the world. C．Because of the growth in the industry and the improvement of living standards. D．Because Chinese people do better and better in public manners.

【小题2】________ were reported the worst by Living Social website in March 2012. A．Chinese B．Thais

C．Phuketers

D．Americans

【小题3】What does the underlined phrases “air attendant” mean? A．空姐

B．护士

C．船长

D．经理

【小题4】According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE? A．“Kong Nao” refers to some passengers with good behaviors. B．Chinese travelers should stop such bad manners as speaking loudly.

第 185 页 共 240 页

C．Four pieces of advice are mentioned to become a civilized visitor. D．On December 11, 2014, the airline flight had to return because of weather.

17、Everyone likes living in a clean and comfortable environment.If the environment is bad. it will affect our bodies, and make us not feel well.Sometimes we may be terribly ill.At that time we don’t want to work, and we have to stay in bed and rest at home.So the environment is very important to us.

It’s germ that makes us ill.There are germs everywhere, They are very small and you can’t find them with your own eyes, but you can see them with a microscope（显微镜）.They are very small and there may be hundreds of them on a very small thing, Germs can always be found in the dirty water.When we look at dirty water under the microscope, we shall see them in it.Germs can also be found in air and dust.If you cut your finger, some of the dust from the floor may go into it, and you will have much pain in it.Sometimes the germs will go into all of your body, and you will have pain everywhere.

To keep us healthy, we should try to our best to make our environment become cleaner and tidier.This needs us to act together.

【小题1】The writer tell us that________. A．germs can’t live in the water.

B．we should rest at home if the environment is bad C．we feel well when the environment is good. D．germs like comfortable environment 【小题2】Germs are________.

A．very small things that you can’t see with your eyes. B．just living in a clean and comfortable environment C．either big or small depending on where they are D．clean when they are found in clean water 【小题3】Germs can be found in_________. A.dirty water B. air C.dust D.A.B and C

【小题4】How will you feel if germs go into the finger that is cut? A．I will feel nothing. C．I will feel nervous.

B．I will feel painful. D．I will feel frightened .

【小题5】From the passage we know that________ A．environment doesn’t affect our life. B．germs may make us ill.

第 186 页 共 240 页

C．we don’t need to improve our environment. D．if the environment is better, germs will be more.

18、Do you often watch TV programs? There are many TV programs on Chinese cuisines (烹饪、美食)，but few are like A Bite of China. It tries to bring something new by introducing more cultural features (特征) related to dishes, such as eating habits and wonderful stories about food.

It’s said that more than 100 million Chinese people are watching the program. Most Chinese people regard this program as more than just the regular food shows. They see it as an amazing documentary providing a special view of Chinese as well as the relations between people and food , between people and society.

On the other hand, the documentary also stimulates (刺激) Chinese people’s consumption (消耗). Taobao, one of China’s biggest online shopping sites, reports that the search on food items that were introduced by the documentary has increased to 4 million times in one week, and sales have increased to 5.82 million.

To get enough good stories, the production team spent three months doing research and interviews in about 60 cities before they started making the documentary last July. Filming lasted about nine months. Liu Wen, the director, says “As CCTV-9 serves as a window, allowing the world to better understand China, the documentary aims to help the world not only enjoy the beauty of Chinese cuisines, but also learn Chinese customs.”

【小题1】 A Bite of China is a ______. A．film B．TV show

C．book

D．newspaper

【小题2】This program is quite different from other food shows because it has more features of ______. A．culture B．cuisine C．news

D．place

【小题3】The main idea of the 3rd paragraph is that the program brings a new chance on ______. A．internet communication B．film making C．food business

D．talking

【小题4】It took the production team about ______ to complete the whole program. A．3 months

B．six months C．a year D．two years

【小题5】Which of the following statements is TRUE according to this passage? A．Most people watch the program because they want to learn how to cook. B．There’re many wonderful stories about Chinese cuisines in “A Bite of China”. C．You can buy some food that’s more delicious and cheaper through the program.

第 187 页 共 240 页

D．Most Chinese people regard this program as just the regular food shows.

19、Smoking is a very bad habit. It is one of the worst things that kids or adults do to their bodies. It can cause different kinds of diseases(疾病)， such as cancer(癌症) and heart disease. In middle schools， there are about 10% of the students smoking. Some students may start smoking because it looks cool. Others might think it is a way to look like an adult.

If some of your friends smoke， you should ask them to stop. Here are some reasons you can give. ** It is bad for their health.

** They will pay a lot of money for it. **Their fingers and teeth will turn yellow. **They may not live long.

** It will also damage the health of their families.

You can tell your friends about these problems. Your friends may be interested in learning more about the dangers of smoking. But people don’t like to hear others say they’re doing something wrong， so they could also be a little angry. If that happens， do not mind. Your friends will know that you are right in the future.

【小题1】If there are 1，000 middle school students， there will be about _ students smoking. A. 10 B 100 C 200 D 500

【小题2】The underlined word “damage” means“ _______ ”in Chinese. A．伤害

B．记录

C．改善

D．治疗

【小题3】If your friends get angry with you，_____________. A．it means you are wrong

B．you should leave them right away. C．you don’t need to care about it D．they will stop smoking quickly

【小题4】The passage is probably from______________. A. a sports reports B. a health magazine C. a travelling book D an interesting storybook. 【小题5】Which is the best title of this passage? A．The Reasons for Smoking B．The Dangers of Smoking C．How to Start Smoking

第 188 页 共 240 页

D．Help Your Friends Stop Smoking

20、Honesty of American students

When I first arrived in America,I was surprised by the honesty of my classmates.Over my first month at school,I didn’t see or hear anyone cheating.I found two reasons for this.

First,if any student cheats,he or she will get punished.My school has a rule called the Honor Code.It asks students not to steal,lie or cheat.If someone goes against the code,he or she will have to leave the school.During my first year in the school,seven students left the school because of cheating.

Second,American students don’t care about scores as much as Chinese students do.They know that colleges will look at their all-round abilities instead of only scores.So they have fewer reasons to cheat. 【小题1】The writer didn’t see or hear anyone cheating when she first arrived in America, did she? 【小题2】What is the Honor Code about?

【小题3】What will happen if students go against the code?

【小题4】Who does the writer think care more about scores, American students or Chinese students? 【小题5】Do American colleges think all-round abilities are important for students? 答案 1、

2、

3、

第 189 页 共 240 页

4、

5、

6、

7、

8、

9、

第 190 页 共 240 页

10、

11、

12、

13、

14、

15、

第 191 页 共 240 页

16、

17、

18、

19、

20、

第 192 页 共 240 页

中考英语阅读理解集练——社会历史类

1、North American black bears are shy animals. They are fearful by nature, and will usually run away if they see or hear people. Because of this, it can be difficult for scientists to learn about these animals. In order to study black bears, researchers from New Jersey, USA, catch bears and use drugs (毒品) to help them go to sleep. Researchers then work out the size and the weight of the bear, take blood to test for diseases, remove a tooth and take it to the lab to find out its age. From these studies, researchers want to find out how many bears live in New Jersey, how long they live, and how many babies they produce.

But in Minnesota, USA, researchers study bears that are completely awake. The bears know the researchers' voices and they are not afraid of die research team. With the help of a few grapes to keep the bears busy, researchers can touch them to check their hearts, look at their teeth , and do other jobs. Researchers can also walk or sit with bears for hours and make videos to learn about their everyday lives. In both places, the main purpose is the same—to make sure there is a healthy population of black bears. But the research methods and the kinds of information that researchers, are able to collect are quite different. 【小题1】 In the first paragraph, we can learn that North American black bears are _______. A．shy and fearful animals B．not found today C．well known to scientists D．not afraid of people

【小题2】The word \"remove\" in the second paragraph probably means _____ in Chinese. A．拔下

B．移植

C．清洗

D．修补

【小题3】Which of the following may NOT be included in the New Jersey studies on bears? A．The age.

B．The way of their communication. C．The weight.

D．The number of babies they produce.

【小题4】In the Minnesota studies, researchers _____. A．can never get close to the bears B．study the bears while they are asleep

第 193 页 共 240 页

C．use grapes to make the bears full D．learn a lot about the bears' everyday lives

【小题5】 What do the two studies have in common（共同点）? A．Research places B．The main purpose. C．Research methods.

2、To us， it seems so natural to put up an umbrella to keep the water off when it rains. But in fact the umbrella was not invented as protection against the rain. Its first use was as a shade (遮蔽) against the sun. Nobody knows who first invented it， but the umbrella was used in very ancient times. Probably the first to use it were the Chinese， back in the eleventh century BC.

We know that the umbrella was used in ancient Egypt and Babylon as a sunshade. And there was a strange thing connected with its use : it became a symbol of honor and power(权力). In the Far East in ancient times， the umbrella was allowed to be used only by those in high office or by royal people such as the kings or queens. In Europe， the Greeks were the first to use the umbrella as a sunshade. The umbrella was in common use in ancient Greece， but it is believed that the first people in Europe to use the umbrella as protection against the rain were the ancient Romans. During the middle ages in Europe， the use of the umbrella almost disappeared. Then it appeared again in Italy in the late sixteenth century. And again it became a symbol of power.

Umbrellas have not changed much in style during all this time， though they have become much lighter in weight. It wasn't until the twentieth century that the umbrellas for women began to be made in all kinds of colors.

【小题1】Ancient people first used umbrellas as ____. A．a symbol of honor B．protection against the sun C．a symbol of power D．protection against the rain

【小题2】According to the passage， the umbrella was probably first used in ancient ______. A．Egypt . B．Babylon C．Rome D．China

【小题3】The underlined word royal might mean _ in Chinese. A．王室的 B．富有的 C．中产阶级的 D．贫穷的

第 194 页 共 240 页

D．Collected information.

【小题4】According to the passage， which of the following is NOT true？ A．The ancient Greeks used the umbrella in their daily life. B．Europeans hardly used the umbrella during the middle ages. C．The umbrellas for women were made colorful in ancient times. D．The style of the umbrella hasn't changed a lot since it was invented 【小题5】This passage is mainly about ___________. A．the sales of the umbrella B．the differences among umbrellas C．the invention of the umbrella D．the history and the use of the umbrella

3、One evening Charlie was on his way home from the railway station. When he turned round a corner, he heard footsteps behind him and he thought someone was coming near. He began to walk fast. The footsteps came fast, too. He slowed down. The footsteps also slowed down. Now he was sure that someone must be going after him. He tried to hide. Still the steps followed him. He didn't know how to save himself, so he jumped over some tall grass and hid himself in a cemetery(墓地). He threw himself down on one of tombs(坟墓).

The man behind came near. Charlie could hear the man jump over the grass. Thoughts of thieves and robbers filled his mind. Charlie stood up and faced the man. \"What do you want? Why are you coming after me?\" He asked.

\"I say,\" the stranger asked, \"do you always go home like this, or are you taking some special exercise tonight? I want to go to Mr. Green's and don't know the way. The station master told me to follow you as you live next door. Excuse me for asking, but is there much farther to go before we get there?\" 【小题1】That day Charlie was ＿＿＿＿. A．leaving the station for a cemetery B．walking slowly along the street C．on his way to Mr. Green's house D．on his way back home

【小题2】When he found someone following him, Charlie ＿＿＿＿. A．was too frightened to move B．stopped to ask the man why C．hid himself in a cemetery

第 195 页 共 240 页

D．knew clearly what to do

【小题3】Charlie went into a cemetery because he ＿＿＿＿. A．tried to get rid of the stranger B．got tired after a day's walk C．walked too fast and lost D．wanted to hide his things there

【小题4】When the stranger followed him into the cemetery, Charlie thought ＿＿＿＿. A．the stranger would ask him the way B．the stranger would come to stay with him

C．he was in danger of losing his money or even his life D．he could be asked about Mr. Green

【小题5】The stranger followed Charlie because ＿＿＿＿. A．he wanted to kill Charlie. B．he wanted to steal things. C．he wanted to go to Charlie's place.

D．he wanted to go to Mr. Green's and he didn't know the way there.

4、阅读理解

Teens are gaining（增加）weight. Today most teenagers are at least one size larger than teens were20 years ago. Even clothing sizes have changed. Did you know that a small today used to be a medium, 20years ago?

A recent research shows 97％of teens need more exercise. It's bad news because too little exercise means you are missing a lot of good things in life. Exercise helps in two ways.

First，exercise helps your body. Physical activity can make your body strong. It can also keep you at a healthy weight. Doctors say that people who stay at a healthy weight have fewer health problems． Second，exercise can help your mind. People who get plenty of physical activity might worry lessand sleep better at night. You may even learn better in school. Students who are healthy can listen and understand better in class.

So you can change your life and be more active at any point. It's never too late. An article called “How to Limit Screen Time and Get Moving”gives these ideas：

Step away from the screen. Doctors call watching TV or playing video games screen time. You should have no more than two hours of screen time a day. You will enjoy life more if you live it instead of watching

第 196 页 共 240 页

it！

Start slowly. An hour a day can seem like a long time. Start with 10 minutes of new activities every day. Add more as you get stronger. Think about walking. Take the stairs instead of the lift. You will feel healthier. Make fitness fun. Find a sport you like. It doesn't need to be the traditional sports of basketball, soccer,or baseball. Those are all great sports and if you like them, play them. However,you can also try hiking,skateboarding,or even rope jumping. If you enjoy the sport,you will do it.

Choose food carefully. Help your family shop for healthy food. Read the labels（标签）.Look for healthy foods. Eat lots of fiuits and vegetables. Stop buying soft drinks and junk foods. You will feel better if you eat right.

Exercise with others. Find a friend or family member to exercise or play with you. You will have more fun and it helps keep you responsible for going. 【小题1】What is the main idea of Paragraph 1？ A．Teens are gaining weight.

B．Teens,one size larger.

D．A small used to be a medium.

C．Teens' clothing sizes changed．

【小题2】Which of the following is a FACT from the passage? A．You should have no more than two hours of screen time a day. B．You will have more fun and it helps keep you responsible for going. C．A recent research shows 97％of teens need more exercise.

D．However，you can also try hiking，skateboarding，or even rope jumping. 【小题3】Where might you find this passage？ A．In a story.

B．In a magazine. C．In a play.

D．In a speech.

【小题4】Which of the following shows the structure（结构）of the first 5 paragraphs？

5、Everyone has his own birthday. People in different countries celebrate （庆祝）their birthdays in different ways. Here are four people from different countries. They will tell us how they celebrate their birthdays in their countries.

Sandy Morrison comes from Madrid(马德里). He says happily, \"My twenty-first birthday is on a Saturday,

第 197 页 共 240 页

and I'm going to go out with some friends. To wish me a happy birthday, they are going to pull（拉，扯）on my ear, once for each year. It is an old custom. Some people pull on the ear just once, but my friends （风俗）are very traditional(传统的).\"

Mr. and Mrs. Sato are from Tokyo. Mr. Sato is going to be sixty tomorrow. In Japan, the sixtieth birthday is called Kanreki---it's the beginning of a new life. The colour red is for a new life, so they always give something red for a sixtieth birthday. Mrs Sato says, \"What am I going to give my husband? I can't say. It's a surprise（惊喜）.\"

Li Xiaomei from Beijing feels very excited and tells us. \"Tomorrow is my sixteenth birthday. It's a special birthday. So we're going to have a family party. I'm probably going to get some money in 'lucky' envelopes（信封） from my relatives. My mother is going to cook noodles --- noodles are for a long life.\" Phillip Evans, from Paris, smiles to us, \"I'm going to be thirty next week, so I'm going to invite three very good friends out to dinner. In France, when you have birthday, you often invite people out. In some countries, I know it's the opposite---- people take you out.\"

【小题1】How many times do Sandy’s friends pull on his ear this year? A．Just once.

B．twenty-one times.

C．Ten times. D．It’s a secret.

【小题2】Japanese people think the sixtieth birthday is _________. A．very old. C．a surprise

B．something red.

D．the beginning of a new life.

【小题3】Which of the following is not true? A．Li Xiaomei gets some money on her birthday.

B．Mrs. Sato will give something red to her husband tomorrow. C．People in Madrid celebrate their birthdays by pulling on the ear.

D．In France, when someone has birthday, his friends often ask him to have dinner.

6、In 1834, the clock tower in London was burned down. People planned to build a new clock which would be the biggest and the best in the world. So the clock had to be big and keep very good time. Several years later the tower was finished. The people put the big clock in the tower, and made it ring out for the first time on July 11, 1859.

In order to give the big clock a good name, people held a meeting. Someone wanted to call it the Queen of Bells, and someone thought Victoria was good. At last, a man named Benjamin Hall stood up. He was a big man. Before he started to speak, someone shouted, “Why not call it Big Ben?” Everybody laughed and

第 198 页 共 240 页

agreed with him.

From then on, Big Ben became its name. And it also became a famous building of London. People all over the world write to Big Ben. They even send bottles of oil to help keep Big Ben running. Big Ben is not only a clock but also a dear friend of people. 【小题1】Big Ben’s birthday is _________. A．July 11, 1854

B．July 11, 1834

C．July11, 1859 D．July11, 1852 【小题2】How did Big Ben get its name? A．Benjamin Hall gave it the name. B．Big Ben got its name because of a joke. C．Big Ben got its name from the Queen of the UK. D．Victoria gave it the name.

【小题3】“Keep very good time” means ____________. A．have a good time B．show people the correct time C．keep running D．be made in time

【小题4】Which of the following is NOT true?

A．People all over the world consider (认为) Big Ben as their friend. B．People all over the world even send oil to Big Ben. C．People think Big Ben will answer their letters.

D．People think Big Ben is the biggest and the best clock in the world.

7、People began making clocks over 500 years ago. The first clocks had only one hand---the hour hand. At a later time the clocks had the minute hand. The first clocks were big and heavy. Some rich people had servants (仆人) to carry the clocks when they were out. Time passed and clocks became smaller.

Bells became a part of some large clocks in cities and towns. They were for people unable to see the clock. Some clocks were in large towers. Some of them are 400 or 500 years old now. Big Ben in London is a （塔）very famous tower clock.

Now many people have alarm clocks (闹钟) to wake them up to go to work or go to school. So clocks are the very important part of people’s life. 【小题1】People began to make clocks ________ 500 years ago. A．less than B．for C．more than

D．without

第 199 页 共 240 页

【小题2】At the beginning the clocks had ________ .

A．one hand B．two hands

C．three hands D．four hands

【小题3】Bells were made for ________ . A．the old people

B．everyone

C．the people unable to see the clock D．the children 【小题4】Alarm clocks can help people ________ . A．work hard B．wake up C．see the time D．go to bed

8、The popular Disneyland has some deep, dark, and sometimes amusing secrets that you probably don't know. Read on to learn them. General Main Street

By using a special method of construction(建筑), Disneyland created an effect that you don't notice until your tired family leaves the park. The next time you enter Disneyland, make note of the distance that it appears you have to travel to get to the “Partners” statue. Then look at the exit of the park from the statue. That's correct. The distance appears to be shorter entering the park than going out. The purpose was to keep guests from wanting to take the long walk out. Birthday fun

If you visit Disneyland on your birthday, be sure to tell the person at the gate that it's your big day. You'll be sent to City Hall where you'll be presented with a special sticker by cast members, letting everyone know it's your birthday. You may also be able to score special items from other cast members throughout the park, so it's certainly worth a try! The music never stops.

Visitors like the music and sounds in the park.. Did you know the music never stops at the park? Even when the park was closed, the music and sounds are kept on going. Some believe it cost too much for Disney to keep turning off the music and then restarting it each day. But the truth is that it helps some workers clean up after 2 a.m! Club 33

“Club 33” is the only place in Disneyland that provides guests with alcoholic beverages(酒精饮料). Club 33 members and their guests get free entrance to Disneyland so long as they have a meal at Club 33 on the day of their visit.

第 200 页 共 240 页

【小题1】There are ________amusing secrets about Disneyland mentioned in this passage. A．two B．three

C．four D．five

【小题2】________makes the distance going out of the park seem to be longer. A．The “partner’’ statue B．The gate of the park

C．The construction along the street D．the music in the park

【小题3】If you tell the staff it’s your birthday, you will___________. A．get free entrance to Disneyland B．be given a special gift at the City Hall C．be taken to Club 33 and have a meal D．let everyone in the park know your name

【小题4】The music never stops at the park because __________. A．visitors like the music and the sounds very much B．it’s difficult to shut off the music and the sounds C．Disneyland has to pay a lot to restart the music every day D．it may keep some late night workers awake and full of energy. 【小题5】The purpose of this passage is to__________. A．let the readers know the dark side of Disneyland Park. B．help the readers better enjoy their visits in Disneyland Park C．encourage the readers to go to visit Disneyland Park

D．make the readers be aware of the importance of Disneyland Park

9、Macao is only forty miles from Hong Kong and it is easy to reach. You can get there by sea. It is an interesting place and it has a long history. Macao is a part of China and most people living there are Chinese. The first Europeans to go to Macao came from Portugal. More than four hundred years ago the Portuguese went there to trade（做生意）with China. Some settled and made their homes there. They built strong fortsto guard the city and the harbor. They also built churches, schools, hospitals and （城堡）（港口）other places. Slowly the city grew. People from many countries came to live and work in Macao.

Today many people visit Macao. Some only go there to watch dog-racing or motor-racing or to “gamble ”with their money, whether they lose or win. But Macao is a quiet and peaceful place. It is pleasant just to walk around and look at the old buildings and forts. You feel you are back in the old days. Of course,

第 201 页 共 240 页

some of the buildings are now in ruins（毁坏）. The Church of St. Paul has only the front wall with many steps leading up to it. But it is still interesting to see.

When you are hot and tired, there are small cool gardens to rest in. When you are hungry, there are good restaurants with many kinds of food. Nearby are some islands, which are also nice to visit and are easy to get to. There is certainly a lot to see and to do in Macao. 【小题1】Which of the following is NOT true? A．Portuguese were the first to go to Macao.

B．Some Portuguese settled in Macao and made their homes nearly a century ago. C．The city Macao grew slowly.

D．People there put up strong forts to defend the city.

【小题2】You feel in Macao you are back in the old days because _____. A．some of the buildings are now in ruins B．you can watch dog-racing or motor-racing

C．you go about and look at the old buildings and forts with pleasure D．it’ s a peaceful place.

【小题3】The word “gamble” in the third paragraph is closest in meaning to “_____”. A．watch dog-racing B．watch horse-racing C．watch motor-racing

D．play games of chance for money

【小题4】Where will you have a break when you feel tired? A．In good restaurants. B．In small cool gardens. C．On some islands. D．In beautiful parks.

【小题5】What does the writer most want to tell us?

A．People from many countries came to live and work in Macao. B．Portuguese were willing to do business in China. C．People in Macao serve good food.

D．Macao is a quiet and peaceful place with a lot to see and to do.

10、Where did that number come from? Eleven and Twelve

The reason behind the change in number naming is that eleven comes from the German term ainlif,

第 202 页 共 240 页

which translates to “one left”. Twelve follows the same rule. It comes from twalif—“two left”. Why teen is used instead of lif for 13 through 19? There is something sadly lost in history. 911 for US Emergency (急救) Calls

Early phones didn’t use phone numbers—the operator had to connect your call by hand—and this led to the need for an emergency code (信号). But later phone numbers became popular, that changed. In 1967, 911 was chosen as the nationwide emergency call because it was easy to remember and could be quickly dialed (拨) on the phone.

26.2 Miles in a Marathon (马拉松)

The story began with an ancient Greek soldier carrying message from a battlefield (战场) in Marathon to Athens. The modern marathon was born as a flagship event in the first Olympic Games, in 1896, with a distance (距离) of about 25 miles (40 km), as long as the distance from Marathon to Athens. But race organizers for the 1908 Olympic Games in London wanted to add something special. The race began at Windsor Castle and ended at White City Stadium, with runners finishing only after passing the royal (皇室的) box. The distance was 26.2 miles (42.1 km). And since 1924 this distance has been kept in marathon. 28 Days in February

Before using the Gregorian calendar that we use today, one of the first Roman calendars had only 304 days and ten months (March through December), with six months of 30 days and four of 31 days. The second king of Rome improved the old calendar. He added 50 days for January and February. To make the new months longer, he took one day from each of the 30-day months, making 56 days to divide between January and February (or 28 days each). Later January was given one more day to add up to 355 days a year, but February still had 28 days. That’s how it became the shortest month and it stayed that way ever since. 【小题1】Which language do eleven and twelve come from? A．English. B．German. C．French. D．Russian.

【小题2】When was the number 911 chosen for US emergency calls? A．In 1896. B．In 1908. C．In 1924. D．In 1967.

【小题3】 The marathon distance was made longer at London Olympic Games because ______. A．the British was a little weak in maths B．the British didn’t like the Greek story C．the British loved the royal family very much D．the British wanted to make the race different

【小题4】 How many days were there in each month after the king improved the old calendar? A．28, 29 or 31. B．28, 30 or 31.

第 203 页 共 240 页

C．28, 29 or 30. D．29, 30 or 31.

11、On New Year’s Day， many people eat special food for good luck.

In Spain（西班牙） and some Latin American countries（拉丁美洲国家），people eat twelve grapes at midnight on New Year’s Eve—One grape for good luck in each month of the new year. （葡萄）（半夜） Chinese people eat dumplings. Some are made with a coin inside. Everyone tries to find the coin for good luck and money in the new year. Of course（当然） they don’t eat the coin（硬币）. In the south of China， people make rice cakes for New Year. The Chinese pronunciation（发音） for rice cake is “Nian Gao”， which means “get better year after year”.

Japanese people eat noodles on New Year’s Eve and on their birthdays. They think it may bring them good luck and long life.

The food may be different in each country， but the meaning is the same---people hope the food will bring them luck and happiness(快乐，幸福) in the coming year. 【小题1】In Spain， what do people eat in the new year? A．rice cake

B．noodles C．grapes D．dumplings

【小题2】Is the food in South China the same as the food in North China for the whole year（整年）? A．Yes B．No

C．Not sure D．Not mentioned(提到) in the article

【小题3】What do people do with the coins in the dumplings? A．They eat it B．They give it to children C．They don’t eat it D．They spend(花) it

【小题4】What’s the meaning for Japanese noodles on New Year’s Eve? A．good luck

B．long life

C．money D．both A and B

【小题5】What do the writer want to express(表达) in the article（文章）? A．People like to eat

B．Different countries have different food

C．People around the world use food to express their good wishes for the coming year D．The writer likes to travel

12、In northern Scotland there is a long, deep lake called Loch Ness. More than 200 meters deep, it is the largest lake in the UK. People say a big monsterlives in its dark, cold waters. It weighs more than （怪兽）

第 204 页 共 240 页

1,000 kilos and is at least ten meters long. Some people say it has a head like a horse. Others say it looks like a snake. Many people travel to Loch Ness to look for this strange monster, but only a few people have seen it. At least, they say they have seen it.

The Loch Ness Monster is a famous legend（传说）. The first story about a monster in Loch Ness was told over 500 years ago, but the legend of the monster spread widely only in the twenties century. In 1933, a husband and wife reported that they saw a big monster in Loch Ness. Several people have taken photos, but at least one of them was a hoax（骗局）. During the 1960s, a team was formed to look for the monster. They took many photos and made movies, but they were never able to find a monster.

There is no real fact that a monster lives in Loch Ness, but there is also no fact that one doesn’t live. One thing is true about Loch Ness: there are a lot of tourists there.

【小题1】In northern _______ there is a long, deep lake called Loch Ness. A．Scotland B．HongKong C．Rome D．Paris

【小题2】What do people say about the monster in Loch Ness? A．It weighs about 100 kilos. B．It is one meter long. C．It has a tail like a horse. D．It looks like a snake. 【小题3】 When was the first story about the monster told? A．200 years ago. B．Over 500 years ago. C．In 1933. D．In 1960.

【小题4】Why was a team formed during the 1960s? A．To kill the monster. B．To look for the monster. C．To catch the monster. D．To sell the monster. 【小题5】What is the passage mainly about? A．People that saw a monster.

B．A trip to Loch Ness.

C．A legend about a monster. D．A team that took photos.

13、Several times each year the Queen gives afternoon tea parties at which guests are served tiny cakes filled with cream from her own cows. Cakes and sandwiches are bought in by footmen, yet you never see the Queen touch a thing. She simply sits beside a big silver plate, pouring cups of tea for everyone and carefully avoiding the cakes.

At cocktail parties the Queen moves from group to group, chatting informally, and manages to make one glass of diet drink to last a whole evening. Tours abroad are difficult because hosts seem to believe the

第 205 页 共 240 页

warmth of their welcome must be shown with wonderful state banquets(宴). But the Queen has perfected the art of appearing to enjoy her meal without actually eating much. During one visit to the Pacific islands of Tonga, a specially-prepared dinner was set up in a hut made of wood and bamboo leaves. Deep holes were dug in the ground, filled with hot stones and baby pigs, and the pigs were slowly cooked with dry heat over several days. The Queen looked uneasily at her plate when she discovered a whole roast(烤) pig was her serving.

Then she became uneasy when a turkey, some meat, bananas and an apple were also carried in for each guest. So she depended on her old favourite trick of talking with her host, King Tupou IV, carrying on a warm conversation. At the same time she pushed her food around her plate and only ate a piece of turkey and some fruit.

Reporters traveling with her have noticed that the Queen will sometimes seem so interested in a foreign leader’s political(政治的) chat that she simply never has time to finish a meal before it is time to get up and make her speech. She will lift her fork, then put it down again to make another point, leaving almost all of her meal untouched.

The Queen talked with her host and carried on conversation with him. The purpose of doing this 【小题1】is ________.

A．to show her politeness B．not to eat much

C．to show her great interest in food D．to hide her dislike to the food

【小题2】We can infer(推断) from the passage that tours are difficult for the Queen, because ________. A．she has to meet with so many important leaders B．she has to eat much oily food

C．hosts always give wonderful state banquets D．she has so many reporters to travel with her

【小题3】What probably is the Queen’s art of acting at state dinners? A．Appearing to enjoy her meal without actually eating much. B．Drinking much water.

C．Eating a piece of turkey and some fruit. D．Eating much without being noticed.

14、People have strange ideas about food. In the 18th century, Americans never ate tomatoes. They

第 206 页 共 240 页

grew them in their gardens because tomato plants are so pretty. But they thought the vegetable was poisonous(有毒的). They called tomatoes \"poison apples.\"

President Thomas Jefferson, however, knew that tomatoes were good to eat. He was a learned man. He had been to Paris, where he learned to love the taste of tomatoes. He grew many kinds of tomatoes in his garden. The President taught his cook a way, for a cream of tomato soup . This beautiful pink soup was served at the President's next dinner party. The guests thought the soup tasted really good. They never thought their President would sever his dinner guests poison apples. Jefferson never spoke to his guests about the fact.

【小题1】Which of the following is true?

A．Americans never ate tomatoes after the 17th century. B．Even now Americans don't eat tomatoes.

C．It was not until after the 18th century that Americans began to grow tomatoes for food. D．Americans didn't eat tomatoes before the 19th century. 【小题2】Jefferson was a president of _______. A．an African country C．England D．France

【小题3】Jefferson learned that tomatoes were good to eat _______. A．even when he was a little boy B．because his parents told him so C．from books D．while he was in Paris

15、How would we travel without maps? It would be a bit adventurous (冒险的) to set off from Oxford University to go to London Bridge if there wasn't a map of the London Underground at each station. In fact, a lot of the early map-makers were adventurers and explorers, especially in the 15th and 16th centuries. So what did people do before there were maps? Well, it was quite easy to use natural signs like mountains and rivers if you were travelling on foot or riding a horse. People took small boats down rivers and followed coastlines. And it was much more logical (合理的) to use time, not distance, to measure (计量) journeys: the next village is a three-hour ride, for example.

In fact, in the earliest maps, people didn't draw landmarks. They drew the stars. It was very easy to see the night sky and use it for navigation (航行). The sky was a lot clearer before the light pollution from cities that we have today. When towns and cities were built, people drew road maps which gave correct distances

第 207 页 共 240 页

B．the United States

and directions.

The London Underground was opened in 1863 and it also used a road map style. But a man called Henry Beck realized that travelling by train wasn't the same as driving your car across London. Passengers only needed to know which stations to change at. His new design (设计) for the Underground map wasn't very popular with the train companies at first. But the passengers loved it and in 1933, 700,000 copies were printed.

These days, of course, you can ride a bike, drive a car or go through a forest and know where you are exactly, using a GPS. It's really difficult to get lost! 【小题1】What was drawn in the earliest maps? A．Stars.

B．Landmarks.

C．Cities and towns, D．Mountains and rivers. 【小题2】When did road maps come out? A．Around 15th and 16th centuries. B．When people began to travel by train. C．When people began to travel by sea. D．When cities and towns appeared. 【小题3】Which of the following is true? A．A GPS helped people to travel long time ago. B．Ancient people could travel on a horse without maps. C．The sky was polluted by light before cities were built. D．Henry Beck's map wasn't popular with the passengers. 【小题4】What is the main idea of the passage? A．Maps have a long history. B．We never get lost these days. C．We can't travel without maps. D．Henry Beck designed a new map.

16、Inventions All Around Us

Every invention has a story. These stories often have a lesson to teach, too. Here are the stories of some everyday household inventions.

Canned Food and the Can Opener—Get It Right!

Peter Durand invented canned food in 1810, but there was a problem. Durand didn't have a good way to

第 208 页 共 240 页

open the cans. In 1858, Ezra Warner invented a can opener. It used a piece of metal to cut and remove the top from the can, but it was difficult to use. Finally, in 1870, William Lyman added a wheel to the can opener. The metal went around the top of the can and removed it easily. Finally, people were able to open cans without a lot of work. Canned food was soon popular. Frozen Food—A Little Good Luck Can Help!

Clarence Birdseye had the chance to go on a trip toe Arctic. When people there caught fish, they put the fish in a container (容器) of ice to freeze it quickly. When people cooked the fish later, it was still good! This gave Birdseye an idea. He thought people could also have this kind of food at home. In 1926, Birdseye invented frozen food. People were able to store food in freezers for a long time. Air Conditioning—One Answer to Two Problems!

Printing companies make books, so they use a lot of paper. Sometimes, changes in the weather can hurt the paper. In 1902, Willis Carrier invented air conditioning to control the temperature inside his printing company. This saved the paper. People soon realized other benefits of air conditioning. They started to air condition their homes in the summer. Carrier's invention changed the world! 【小题1】When was canned food invented? A．In 1810. B．In 1870. C．In 1902. D．In 1926.

【小题2】After the trip to the Arctic, Clarence Birdseye invented ____________. A．canned food B．can openers C．frozen food D．air conditioning

【小题3】Changes in weather _____________ in Willis Carrier's company. A．helped to keep food B．hurt printing paper C．caused health problems D．made rooms comfortable

47. 【小题4】According to the passage, which of the following may lead to inventions? A．People's needs. B．Public support.

C．Modern technology. D．Practical suggestions.

17、The car was invented (发明) over a century (世纪)ago. You may know all kinds of cars’ names, but many people don’t know who was the inventor of the first car. The first car was invented not by a German, but by an American.

第 209 页 共 240 页

His name was Henry Ford. Henry was born in a poor family. He was the eldest （最年长的） of six children. When he was a boy, he became interested in mending watches and machines. When he was twelve years old, his mother died. Soon he had to work in a machine shop for two dollars and fifty cents a week. In the evenings he repaired watches for another dollar a week. The hard life made him strong and able. At that time there was another interest in the life of the young Ford. He dreamed(梦想) to make a machine. It could run without a horse, so named “horseless carriage.” He over-came(克服) a lot of difficulties and in April 1893, the “horseless carriage” was finally finished. It was the first car.

Later Henry Ford founded the Ford Motor Company(福特汽车公司). He was really the first inventor of the car in the world.

【小题1】Who really invented the car first? _____. A．A German B．An American C．Frenchman D．Japanese

【小题2】From this story we can know the car was invented_____. A．more than 100 years ago B．less than 100 years ago C．just 100 years ago

D．50 years ago

【小题3】 Henry Ford must have_____. A．five younger brothers B．six brothers and sisters C．five younger brothers or sisters D．six brothers

【小题4】 How many dollars did young Ford earn(挣) every week? A．2.5 dollars B．3.5 dollars C．3 dollars D．4 dollars

【小题5】 Which is not true? _____. A．He repaired watches in the evenings for fun

B．He enjoyed repairing watches and machines when he was very young. C．He met with a lot of difficulties in the invention. D．The first car was invented in 1893.

18、World War II lasted from1939 to 1945. Life changed for everybody, including women and children because of the war. Millions of people lost their lives during the war. The Diary of a young girl was a record of that time. The book was written by a girl named Anne Frank.

第 210 页 共 240 页

Anne Frank was born in Germany in June 1929. Because the German Nazis(纳粹) hated the Jew(犹太人) and wanted to kill them, her family had to move to another country. In July 1942, they went into hiding in a secret place in her father’s office. During that difficult time, Anne kept writing diaries until she and her family were discovered by Nazis in August 1944. They were caught and sent to a Nazis camp. The next year, her mother died. In the same year, she and her elder sister died of illness, before the war ended.

After the war, her father collected her diaries and the book The diary of a young girl came out in 1947. It has been read by people all over the world. In her diary, Anne wrote down her thoughts, her feelings, her hopes and her dreams for the future, “I want the diary to be my friend, and I’m going to call this friend KITTY.” “I can’t spend all day complaining because it’s impossible to have any fun!...Every day, I feel the beauty of nature and the goodness of the people around me. With all that, why should I be sad?”

The diary of a young girl has also become a symbol of the greatness of the human spirit. It is called one of the wisest and most moving records on war. 【小题1】In which year did Anne die of illness? A．in 1939 B．in 1942 C．in 1944 D．in 1945

【小题2】According to the passage, KITTY is _____ . A．her diary

B．her elder sister

C．her mother D．her hiding place 【小题3】Which of the following is true? A．Anne was lazy, sad and complained all day B．The book is mainly about Anne’s school life C．Anne loved life though she was in difficult time. D．The book has been put into nearly 30 languages 【小题4】Where did Anne hide? A．in her father’s office B．in a library C．in church D．on a farm

【小题5】From the passage, we can infer(推断) ______? A．Anne was born in Germany B．Anne was a Jew

C．Anne’s father collected the diaries D．Anne was a Nazis

第 211 页 共 240 页

19、November 9 is a time for us to learn a lot more about fire(火). This is what to do in a fire: 1. Shout out. Shout as loudly as you can, because people may be asleep.

2. Call 119. Never try to put out a fire yourself. Tell 119 where you are and what is on fire.

3. Keep down close to the floor. There is less smoke down there, so it's easier to breathe and see where you are going.

4. Test the door. If the door is cool, open it carefully. If the door is hot, do not open it! Try to find a different way out.

5. Get out. Do not stop to pick up anything. A fire can become very big in a few seconds! 6. Don't use the lift. Always use the stairs. The lift may go wrong and keep you inside.

7. Don't go back. Even if you have left your pet or favorite toy inside, do not go back for it. Animals have a very good sense of smell. They often get out of buildings before people.

【小题1】According to the passage, when something is on fire, you must_______ at once. . A．get out through the hot door B．telephone 119 C．look for your pet D．put out the fire yourself

【小题2】You should keep down close to the floor because_______. A．people may be asleep B．there is less smoke down there C．the firemen can find you easily

D．you should look after your things carefully

【小题3】Which of the following is not right according to the passage? A．Don't use the lift.

B．Do not stop to pick up anything.

C．If the door is hot, try to find a different way out. D．People often get out of buildings before animals. 【小题4】What is the best title for this passage? A．A time for us to learn a lot about fire. B．Do's and Don'ts in a fire. C．Ways out in a fire. D．Fire can be dangerous.

第 212 页 共 240 页

20、任务型阅读

Do you live in a city? Do you know how cities began? Long long ago， there were only a few thousand people in the world. These people moved from place to place. They moved over the land， hunting（打猎）animals for food.

A long time passed. These people began growing crops. No one knows how or when those people learned about growing food. But when they did， their lives changed， they did not have to move houses any more. They could stay in one place and grow it. People began to live near each other. And so the first villages grew. Many people came to work in the villages. These villages grew bigger and bigger. Then people had machines， and lives in the villages changed again. They built factories. So the villages grew into cities. Some of them grew very big.

Today， some people are moving back to small towns. 【小题1】How many people were there in the world long long ago? _________________________________________________________ 【小题2】When didn’t people have to move houses any more ? _________________________________________________________ 【小题3】What did the villages grow into after people built factories? _________________________________________________________ 【小题4】Why did people move from place to place long long ago? ____________________________________________________ 【小题5】Who knows when people learned about growing food? ______________________________________________________ 答案 1、

2、

第 213 页 共 240 页

3、

4、

5、

6、

7、

8、

第 214 页 共 240 页

9、

10、

11、

12、

13、

第 215 页 共 240 页

14、

15、

16、

17、

18、

19、

第 216 页 共 240 页

20、

中考英语阅读理解集练——新闻报道类

1、Magnitude(地震级数) Quake Hits Central Nepal

Nepal is suffering from the disaster brought by a magnitude 8.1 earthquake that struck on Saturday. Nepal's Interior Ministry has said that the death toll from the quake has climbed to 1,931 . And more than 4,700 people are injured.

Nepal's military predicts the death toll may climb to as high as 5,000. The Chinese embassy in Nepal has said that four Chinese were killed, with five severely injured.

The initial(最初的) magnitude-eight-point-one quake struck 80 kilometers east of Pokhara on Saturday afternoon. It was followed by a huge aftershock, measuring seven-point-zero. As for Sunday, two big aftershocks have been recorded in the morning, with the latest in the afternoon with a magnitude of 7.1. This is the most powerful earthquake to have hit Nepal in over 80 years. The tremor was felt by （震动）more than 4.6 million people across South and East Asia.

Search and rescue efforts are underway for survivors buried under the rubble(瓦砾) and flattened（扁平的） buildings, but efforts are influenced by rain and aftershocks. Nepal national television is reporting that 90 percent of historical structures in Kathmandu Valley were destroyed in the earthquake. 【小题1】Where may the passage come from? A．magazine

B．guidebook

C．newspaper D．textbook

【小题2】Which statement is not true according to the passage?

A．The death toll from the quake has climbed to 1,931. And more than 4,700 people are injured.

第 217 页 共 240 页

B．Nepal's military forecasts the death toll may climb to as high as 5,000. C．The tremor was felt by over 4.6 million people across South and East Asia.

D．It’s reported that 90 percent of historical structures in Nepal were destroyed in the earthquake. 【小题3】How many aftershocks are mentioned in this passage？ A．2

2、You are probably familiar with the saying：An apple a day keeps the doctor away.A recent research carried out by the Chinese University of Hong Kong may change the saying: An apple a day may keep aging away.

The research chose fruit flies(果蝇), as they share many genes(基因)with humans.The fruit flies were either fed normally or had an apple extract(浓缩物) added to their diet.

It turned out that those fruit flies that were given apple extract lived about 55 days—five days longer than the flies that were normally fed.The research group also found it easier for the flies to walk，climb and move about as they aged.

According to the result, the researchers believed that the antioxidants(抗氧化剂) in the apple extract helped clean up dangerous chemicals(化学物质) that cause illnesses，as well as aging.

In another study，researchers examined diets of thousands of women.They discovered that those who regularly ate apples were 20 percent less likely to suffer heart illnesses and stroke.

The apples’ genetic code(遗传密码) was discovered recently.It allows scientists to develop nicer and healthier fruits.Researchers are already using the information to grow a kind of apples full of antioxidants that can keep eyes and joints healthy and protect humans against heart illnesses and cancer.

Apples that kill the desire(欲望) to eat could also be produced, with the first “extra-healthy’’ apples on supermarket shelves within just four or five years.

The team that keeps studying apple DNA includes 100 scientists from five countries.Their research also suggests that around 65 million years ago, when dinosaurs began to die off the plant，which would finally become today’s apple tree, experienced a great genetic change.The number of many of its genes doubled.The extra genes allowed the apple to get used to worse conditions and go through a different development from peaches，strawberries and other related fruits. 【小题1】Why were fruit flies used for the research? A．Because they have a similar diet to humans. B．Because they have a history as long as apples. C．Because they share a lot of genes with humans.

第 218 页 共 240 页

B．3 C．4 D．5

D．Because they feed on nothing but apple extract. 【小题2】What result did the researchers find out? A．Apples produce chemicals that can change human genes. B．Apples have antioxidants that kill chemicals that cause aging. C．Apples are rich in vitamins that are needed in humans’ bodies. D．Apples produce chemicals that make apples taste more delicious. 【小题3】What can we infer(推断)from the passage?

A．Eating apples may bring us more advantages than we might believe before. B．People who have the habit of eating apples don’t need to see a doctor. C．Apples that kill the desire to eat are already available in supermarkets now. D．People will eat apples instead of peaches and strawberries from now on.

3、The Chang’e-3, named after a Chinese goddess, is China’s first spacecraft(航天器)to make a soft landing on the moon. It includes a lander and a moon rover(月球车) called Yutu. The Chang’e-3 spacecraft is the second phase(阶段) China’s lunar programme, which includes orbiting, landing and returning to Earth. It follows the success of the Chang’e-1 and Chang’e-2 spacecraft in 2007 and 2010. The launch of Chang’e-3 was successful.

The Chang’e-3 is one of the most difficult tasks in China’s space programme, the news says. The news adds that exploring the universe(宇宙) and seeking peaceful use of space are dreams of Chinese for thousands of years.

With a lander and the moon rover Yutu, Chang’e-3 soft-landed(软着陆) on the moon at 9:11 p.m. Saturday. Yutu later separated(分离) from the lander and ran to the moon surface earlier Sunday.

China has chosen the name Yutu for its first moon rover, after a worldwide online vote(投票) attracted people to come up with names.

In Chinese folk tale, Yutu is the white pet rabbit of Chang’e, the moon goddess. Chang’e took her pet and flew towards the moon. She became a goddess and has lived there with the white animal ever since. 【小题1】Which is the first spacecraft landed softly on the moon in China? A．Chang’e-1 B．Chang’e-2 C．Chang’e-3 D．Yutu

【小题2】From this passage, how many spacecraft have flown to the moon successfully. A．Three B．Two C． One

D．None

第 219 页 共 240 页

【小题3】Who did the moon rover name after?

【小题4】Which of the following is Not true? A．Chang’e-2 was set up in 2010. B．Yutu isn’t the first rover of China. C．Many people voted for Yutu online.

D．Yutu separated after Chang’e-3 landed on the moon. 【小题5】The article may be found in __________. A．a history book

B．a fashion magazine

D． a newspaper

C．a geography book

4、Do you know why different animals or pests have their special colours? Colours in them seem to be used mainly to protect themselves.

Some birds like eating locusts，but birds cannot easily catch them. Why? It is because locusts change their colours together with the change of the colours of crops. When crops are green, locusts look green. But as the harvest time comes, locusts change to the same brown colour as crops have. Some other pests with different colours from plants are easily found and eaten by others. So they have to hide themselves for lives and appear only at night. If you study the animal life, you’ll find the main use of colouring is protecting themselves. Bears, lions and other animals move quietly through forests. They cannot be seen by hunters. This is because they have the colours much like the tree.

Have you ever noticed an even more strange act? A kind of fish in the sea can send out a kind of very black liquid when it faces danger. While the liquid spread over, the enemies cannot find it. And it immediately swims away. So it has lived up to now though it isn’t strong at all. 【小题1】From the passage we can learn that locusts . A．are small animals B．are easily found by birds C．are dangerous to their enemies

D．change their colours to protect themselves

【小题2】 How can pests with different colours from plants keep out of danger? A．They run away quickly.

B．Their colours are much like their enemies.

C．They hide themselves in the day and appear at night. D．They have to move quietly.

【小题3】Bears and lions can keep safe because they .

第 220 页 共 240 页

A．have the colours much like the trees B．move quickly

C．like brown and grey colours D．live in forests

【小题4】The kind of fish can live up to now because . A．it is very big and strong

B．the liquid it sends out can help it escape from its enemies C．the liquid it sends out can kill its enemies D．it swims faster than any other fish

【小题5】Which is the best title for this passage? A．The Change of Colours for Animals and Pests B．Colours of Different Animals and Pests C．The Main Use of Colours for Animals and Pests D．Some Animals and Pests

5、A concert under the theme of the 28-year-old charity song Let the World Be Filled with Love is set to bring 100 celebrated singers to perform in Quanzhou in southeast China’s Fujian Province next month. The concert is set to cover 10 cities including Beijing. Quanzhou is the first stop of the touring schedule. The song Let the World Be Filled with Love was written by famous Chinese singer and songwriter Guo Feng. It was performed by a chorus (合唱团) of 100 singers during a concert for world peace that year. The song also made Guo Feng famous.

The concert is organized by China TV Artists Association. It aims to improve local charity programmes. The concert has so far received positive feedback (爱的回应) from some of the biggest names from the Chinese mainland, Hong Kong and Taiwan, including Hollywood actor Jackie Chan.

It is well known that Jackie Chan has made great contributions to the music scene for years with songs like A Hero Never Dies and Don’t Go Home. He sang the theme song to the film Fairy Tale with Kim Hee Sun. Between shooting (拍摄) films and joining in public activities all over the world, it took Chan about a year to finish an album.

By joining in charity activities, Jackie Chan has provided scholarships for needy students and helped injured performers and their families. So far, he has been involved in over 100 public welfare (救济) projects in 52 cities in over 30 countries.

【小题1】The charity song Let the World Be Filled with Love was written in _______. A．1986

B．1988 C．1992 D．1997

第 221 页 共 240 页

【小题2】Which of the following is NOT true about the charity concert?

A．It will be held in 10 cities in China.

B．Its aim is to improve local charity programmes. C．It is organized by the famous singer Guo Feng. D．Jackie Chan has decided to support it.

【小题3】How long did it take Jackie Chan to finish an album? A．About half a year.

B．About one year.

C．About one and half a year. D．About two years.

【小题4】Jackie Chan joined in charity activities in order to ________. A．make a living

B．raise money to help poor students C．become famous D．help other singers in need

【小题5】What does the underlined part “be involved in” in the last paragraph mean in English? A．take part in B．be crazy about C．take care of D．get ready for

6、Here, a reporter is interviewing the 12-year-old singer, Mara Justine, who’s one of the youngest contestants of America’s Got Talent.

Reporter: Why did you choose to compete on America’s Got Talent instead of one of the other singing competitions?

Mara: Well, America’s Got Talent actually called me because I had auditioned before, when I was 9 or 10 . I guess they looked over those videos. They asked me to audition again. Reporter: How does it feel to be one of the youngest people on the show?

Mara: There are a lot of other people with more experience .,but I just try to do my best .I always go on to the stage thinking good thoughts, never bad thoughts.

Reporter: Who is your role model or idol(偶像) ? What inspires you?

Mara: For singing, my idols are Aretha Franklin and Christina Aguilera, but a role model to me would be my mom. I love her with all my heart—she encourages me to believe in my dreams. Reporter: What are your other hobbies?

Mara: I love playing video games, and I usually go to the park with my family. We usually play basketball. We also like to play tennis!

【小题1】 From the passage, what can we knew about Mara Justine?

第 222 页 共 240 页

A．She’s the youngest contestants of America’s Got Talent.

B．She was accepted by America’s Got Talent the first time she auditioned. C．She’s hardworking and optimistic (乐观的)。 D．She’s less confident (乐观的).

【小题2】 The underlined word “audition” probably means “ “ A．试镜

B．试音

C．观看

D．报名

【小题3】Who encourages Mara to make the dream come true? A．Her mom B．Aretha Franklin C．Her fans

D．Aretha Franklin and Christina Aguilera 【小题4】 What’s the best title of this passage? A．The Youngest Singer B．Mara’s Got Talent C．A Singing Competition

D．Mara’s Honbbies

【小题5】 What type of writing is the passage? A．A travel guide

B．A science report

C．A poster for a concert D．An intervie

7、Every morning, the newspaper chief editor（主编）holds a meeting with the reporters. They discuss the main events of the day. Reporters are then sent to cover the events.

As soon as the reporters know what to write about, they get down to work. They telephone people and fix a time for a face-to-face interview with them. Sometimes they do telephone interviews. Checking information is very important. They go to the newspaper’s own library to look up any information that they need. This is called “doing one’s homework”.

At the same time, the picture editor decides which photographs will be used for the next day’s paper. All the people who work on a newspaper must be able to work fast. Reporters have to stop working on one story and start working at once on the important new one. They must find out the new information as quickly as possible. Later in the day, everything is put together at the news desk. Reporters return, type their stories into the computer and hand them to the editor.

The chief editor decides which will be the most important story on the front page. Sometimes this will have to be changed if something more important happens late in the day. Other editors read the stories which the reporters have written and make any necessary changes.

第 223 页 共 240 页

Finally, there is no more time left for adding new stories, and the time for printing（印刷） the newspaper has come. This is done on fast-moving printing machines. The newspapers are then delivered（发送） by truck, plane or rail. Speed is important. People want to buy the latest newspaper; nobody wants to buy yesterday’s.

【小题1】What is the work in a newspaper office like? A．Interesting and confusing B．Important and patient. C．Particular and necessary. D．Fast and busy.

【小题2】According to the passage, the right order for a reporter’s work is ____________. a. writing stories b. doing interviews c. joining in a discussion d. doing homework

e. handing stories to the editor A．c,b,a,d,e B．c,d,e,a,b C．c,b,d,a,e D．c,a,d,b,e

【小题3】The front page contents（内容） are decided by ___________. A．the importance of the events B．how well the stories are written C．the knowledge of the chief editor D．whether they are the latest

【小题4】 The best title for this passage is “____________”. A．How a newspaper is produced B．How newspapers are delivered C．What kind of papers readers like D．Whose work is more important

8、Getting recognization（认可）from National Geographic, a famous US magazine, is the dream for many photographers. A lucky Chinese teenage photographer has made this dream come true just after his 14th birthday last year.

With his work Qiangtoucao (Weed on the Wall), Gong Zijie, a student from Changsha, Hunan, won the

第 224 页 共 240 页

2014 International Photography Contest for Kids in China’s competition last year. It was hosted by National Geographic Kids. Gong got the first place in the Wild Vacation part. His photo shows the shadow (影子) of a weed (野草) on the Palace Museum’s red walls. In world-famous photographer Li Shaobai’s words, “The picture is silent, but it’s also powerful.” How did Gong make it? “I just saw the weed and found it lonely and helpless,” said Gong.

Gong learned photography from his father, a photographer working for Hunan TV. Since the age of 4, he has been following his father to learn to take pictures.

Gong is a patient photographer. When he views something valuable, he can spend hours waiting for the perfect time for the picture. Compared with beautiful sights, the young photographer is paying more attention to social topic. In Gong’s pictures of Liuyang River, hundreds of dead fish show us the deadly results of pollution. He has made up his mind to document polluted rivers at least once every year to focus more people’s eyes on the environment.

“Now photography is not only a hobby, but also a duty for me,” said Gong. 【小题1】Where did Gong Zijie take the photo named “Qiangtoucao”? 【小题2】How did Li Shaobai like Gong’s photo in the passage? 【小题3】What is Gong’s father?

【小题4】How long has Gong learned photography?

【小题5】Did Gong decide to document polluted rivers only once a year?

9、It is reported by Chinese Xinhua News that students waste more food than the national average. So the campaign on school food waste is getting popular across the country. The move is part of a national campaign started by students at different schools.

At East China University of Science, students who finish their food in the school dining hall get a special card when they return their plates after meals. Students can collect cards and exchange them for small gifts, such as books, schoolbags, magazines and umbrellas. “It’s been such a surprise,” said Liang Zhaoyun, 19, a student in Shanghai. “It has given us one more motivation to eat up our food.”

“The purpose of the campaign is not only to encourage students to finish their food. We hope it can also teach students to choose a more environment-friendly and healthy lifestyle,” said Tao Siliang from University of Traditional Chinese Medicine.

Other schools also pay attention to the quantity of food. At Nanjing No.9 Middle School, rice is divided into three different-sized bowls that students can choose from according to their own need. “It’s great because I can try different dishes at half price and don’t waste so much food,” said Fan Peng, 15, a student

第 225 页 共 240 页

from this middle school.

What if you really can’t finish all your food? At Changchun Normal College, they provide a take-away service. “If you can’t finish all your food, you can get a box to take the left food home. Even if you feed the cat, it’s not wasted,” said Zhou Zeyong, a student who learns Chinese education.

“I’m happy that we’ve cut down waste since joining the school ‘eat-up’ meeting. But some food is poorly cooked, meaning that students are not willing to finish it all. Some schools have taken note of this. So if we hope students try to waste less food, we should also improve the service and keep an eye on the meal quality on weekdays at school. If not, you can’t complain students for throwing away much food,” said Wang Guangji, the head-teacher of Beijing No. 29 Middle School.

【小题1】Why did we start the campaign on food waste at schools? Because __________. A．food waste at school is very serious B．students should not eat more food C．it is students’ duty to eat less food D．it’s easy for schools to start a campaign

【小题2】Who can get some gifts at East China University of Science? A．Students who buy some special cards. B．Students who eat up all the food. C．Students who do some dishes. D．Students who spend money on gifts.

【小题3】What’s Tao Siliang’s idea in the passage? A．Getting small gifts is surprising.

B．Different-sized bowls make students happy. C．Students should take a healthy lifestyle. D．It’s a good idea to feed a cat with left food.

【小题4】Which of the followings is true according to the passage? A．The campaign is only to encourage students to eat up food. B．We try to think up many good ways to help clear plates. C．We will make notes if students waste much food again. D．We shouldn’t complain students for throwing away food 【小题5】The passage is probably from ________. A．a book B．China Daily C．a magazine D．TV61.

第 226 页 共 240 页

10、A recent research shows that physical activity may help students do better in their classes. The research comes because educators in some countries are reducing time for activities like P.E. class.

Researchers go over the results of fourteen studies. Twelve were from the United States, one from Canada and one from South Africa. The studies appeared between 2009 and 2013. They included more than 55,000 children, aged six to eighteen.

Thomas Singh, one of the researchers, says the studies showed a relationship between physical activity and scores on subjects such as Math, English and reading. Ms. Singh offers some possible explanations: “There are, first, physiological (生理的) explanations, like more blood flow, and so more oxygen to the brain. Being physically active means there are more hormones (荷尔蒙) produced like endorphins (脑内啡). And endorphins make your stress level lower and your mood improved, which means you will perform better in class. Also, students who take part in organized sports, learn rules and how to follow them. This could improve their classroom behavior and help them know what they should do.

All in all, the finding tells us that physically active kids are more likely to do better in school. Ms. Singh says schools should consider the finding before they cut physical education programs. 【小题1】What led the researchers to do the studies? _____________________________________________ 【小题2】How many countries took part in the studies?

________________________________________________________

【小题3】What’s the relationship between physical activity and students’ classroom behavior according to the result of the studies?__________________________________________________________ 【小题4】What do endorphins do to help physically active kids do better in their classes? ___________________________________________________________

【小题5】What does Ms Singh think schools should do before they cut physical education programs? ___________________________________________________

11、On March 8, the weather was fine. A plane--MH370 took off from Malaysia’s (马来西亚) capital Kuala Lumpier in the early hours of March 8. It was leaving for Beijing. But about two hours into the flight, the plane disappeared(消失). There were 239 people on the Malaysia Airlines(马来西亚航空公司) （飞行）

flight(航班), including154 Chinese.

About 12 countries, including China and the US, have joined the search（搜寻） for the missing _①__ and__②____. The plane was flying at the height of more than 10,000 meters when it was suddenly lost. The pilots didn’t make any distress calls(求救信号). People said such clear weather couldn’t cause（引起） the

第 227 页 共 240 页

accident. They also talked about that it might be a hijacking(劫机).

On March 25, Malaysia Airlines deeply said that the plane went down and ended in the Southern Indian Ocean and said no one survived(生还). ③They said they would continue(继续) to work in search of enough evidence(证据).

The plane’s disappearance was a “mystery”(神秘). This is a developing story. ④It could take months or even years to find out what happened to the flight.

【小题1】在文中①、②处填写一个单词，使得句意完整、上下文通顺。____ _______ 【小题2】文中划线部分③的(they)指代的是___________

【小题3】从文中找出两个修饰和描述天气的形容词。_____ ______ 【小题4】写出文中④句的同义句，每空限填一词。

People could ___________ months or even years ___________ out what happened to the flight . 【小题5】从文中找出能说明本文中心大意的单词或者短语：___________

12、During the Winter Olympics in Sochi（索契）, 25,000 volunteers from Russia and other countries provided services for athletes and guests．The student Oksana Verkholyak helped translate Russian into English and Korean at the Games．She told us about their usual day．

“We get up at 7:30 in the morning．Then we have breakfast．Usually we have porridge for breakfast．There is always tea, coffee, bread and pies．After breakfast, we head for a bus stop and get on a bus which runs to the media center．It takes us 30 minutes to get there,” she said.

When volunteers arrived there, they went through the security （安全） check point．They couldn’t bring water or food with them．“Security guards check our bags．We are not allowed to have things made of metals．They check phones, video cameras, electric equipment and computers,” Oksana added.

In the evening volunteers got back to the apartment buildings．All of them were like one big family．They lived together and got some rest together—after dinner they went to the beach to watch the sunset．

Not only students helped organize the Sochi Olympics．There were many so-called silver volunteers who retired but didn’t lose interest in sports．Some of the volunteers had an experience working at the Olympic Games in other countries and even at the Moscow Olympics in 1980． 【小题1】How many foreign languages did Oksana Verkholyak use at the Games? A．One． B．Two. C．Three．

【小题2】Where did the volunteers go first after breakfast? A．To the apartment buildings．

第 228 页 共 240 页

B．To the security check point. C．To a bus stop.

【小题3】What couldn’t the volunteers take into the media center? A．Water and computers． B．Video cameras and phones． C．Knives and hamburgers.

【小题4】Which is NOT true about the silver volunteers? A．They’re all young people． B．They love sports．

C．Some of them have volunteered for the Olympics before． 【小题5】What is the best title of this passage? A．A volunteer’s day at Sochi Olympics B．2014 Sochi Winter Olympics C．Different jobs for volunteers

13、Nowadays people are making themselves beautiful in Korean ways.

“Thank goodness you have double eyelids(双眼皮). Your parents will save a lot of money.” said a family friend when I was five years old. Double eyelids, which almost all the white people have, are rare among Northeast Asians. Only 25% of South Koreans are born with double eyelids.

I never quite understood how having double eyelids saved my parents money until this summer. When I came back to Seoul, everywhere I noticed cosmetic surgery clinics(整形诊所) and advertisements with South Korean women—tall, thin, with milky skin, long legs, nice big eyes and perfect noses. I found that South Korean beauty meant looking as “white” as possible.

Cosmetic surgery has a kind of magical attraction(吸引) to women — the promise of beauty. Women are often sure that suffering is necessary and worthy in order to be beautiful. This suffering is not for nothing. It is believed that beauty leads to attracting a better-looking partner, which then leads to a better-looking child and a better life.

Appearance is starting to be more important in work places. People with good appearance can have more chances. For example, my 29-year-old brother, who is slim and very tall, gets more job chances than his best friend, who is short and heavy, though both of them came from the same college, had the same good marks in their studies. In fact, many South Koreans believe that physical beauty equals happiness. 【小题1】How many South Koreans are born with double eyelids?

第 229 页 共 240 页

____________________________________________________

【小题2】When did the writer understand having eyelids saved his parents money? ______________________________________________________

【小题3】Does cosmetic surgery have much attraction to women according to the writer? ________________________________________________________ 【小题4】What kind of people can get more job chances?

________________________________________________________ 【小题5】What do you think of cosmetic surgery?

_____________________________________________________

14、Earthquakes may happen anywhere on the earth. When some plates(板块) of the earth move suddenly, an earthquake happens. Many earthquakes begin under the sea. They often happen near the mountains (山脉), too.

During an earthquake, the shakings make rocks rise suddenly and even crack(断裂) open. Houses fall, people are killed or hurt, and sometimes the whole villages or cities are destroyed(破坏).

Can we do something to keep ourselves safe from earthquakes? Scientists have studied earthquakes and made maps that show the “earthquake belts”. In areas in these belts, it’s possible for earthquakes to happen. In these areas we should build strong houses to fight against (对抗) earthquakes.

In the future, scientists will be able to tell when and where an earthquake will be before they happen. They can also tell people what to do and how to do it.

【小题1】The reason for an earthquake is _________________. A．that there are so many plates on the earth B．that the sea is too deep C．Rocks’ cracking open D．that the mountains are too high

【小题2】A lot of earthquakes often happens _________________. A．in the area B．next to mountains C．at night D．in the morning

【小题3】A map showing the earthquake belts will tell people _________________. A．what kind of houses to build

B．what kind of houses can stay up in an earthquake C．where earthquakes may happen

第 230 页 共 240 页

D．when earthquakes may happen

【小题4】Which of the following is True according to the passage? A．During an earthquake few people are killed or hurt. B．The scientists can tell when and where an earthquake is now. C．We should build strong houses to fight against earthquakes. D．Earthquakes all happen near the mountains.

【小题5】In the future, we’ll be no longer so afraid of earthquakes _________________. A．with the help of scientists’ exact prediction(预测) B．because of a map showing the “earthquake belts” C．because we can guess the date and place of earthquakes D．because no earthquakes will happen around us

15、A study reported: using a computer at home may be bad for a child's performance in math, science and English. It can't improve them. Children are spending more time chatting (聊天) , playing games or sending and they aren't doing their homework. Li Jun, Hunan

Now more and more people are buying and selling things on the Internet. Hackers around the world are interested in this. They often break in your system, but it's very difficult to find them. They even can take your money out of the bank. Xiao Yu, Guangdong

I'm a 14-year-old girl in Tibet. The Qinghai-Tibet Railway was built in 2006. I can reach Beijing by train in about 48 hours. I can often go to visit my grandpa. Joma, Tibet

I'm 13 years old. I want to invent a machine. My machine will forecast the earthquake better and make people run to safe places. Lin Yan, Sichuan

【小题1】What does Li Jun think of using the computer at home? A．It can help children improve their study.

B．It's good for a child's performance in math, science and English. C．It's bad for children's study.

D．It's good for children to chat with each other.

【小题2】What do Hackers always do according to Xiao Yu?

第 231 页 共 240 页

A．They sell things on the Internet.

B．They break in others' system to get money or other things they want. C．They buy things on the Internet. D．They protect the Internet.

【小题3】People in Tibet can get to Beijing _________ in about 48 hours now. A．by train B．by bus C．by plane D．by subway

【小题4】The underlined word \"forecast\" means \" ________ \" in Chinese. A．制止 C．发现

B．预报 D．处理

【小题5】What is Lin Yan's dream? A．To be a hacker. B．To be a teacher. C．To be a doctor. D．To be a scientist.

16、Chinese player Li Na, a two-time Grand Slam (网球大满贯赛事) champion, announced her retirement on Sept 21 because of long-term knee injuries. Although it was a hard decision, Li said she had no regrets (遗憾).

“I don’t feel sorry about retiring, because I’ve tried my best,” said the 32-year-old.

Becoming professional at the age of 17, Li has set many milestones (里程碑) for Chinese tennis. She was the first Chinese player to win a WTA title and the first to break into the top 20. Li won the 2011 French Open title and became the first Asian player to ever win a Slam. By winning this year’s Australian Open, she became the first Asian player with two Slams.

As excellent as her tennis abilities are, Li’s sense of humor is outstanding too. She often jokes about life with her husband in interviews, changing them into funny comedy shows. Her speech at the Australia Open in January is just the best example.

During her 15-year professional career, Li has helped the improvement of tennis in China. Earlier this month, Chinese another player Peng Shuai, 28, made the semifinals of the US Open. Last week, a new tennis match started in Li’s hometown of Wuhan.

“I’ve seen changes happening in front of my eyes, young girls picking up tennis rackets, setting goals … and believing in themselves,” Li said in an online post.

第 232 页 共 240 页

Li is more than a sports superstar. As WTA chief executive (行政长官) Stacey Allaster said, she is “a pioneer who opened doors to tennis for hundreds of millions of people throughout China and Asia.” Li said she planned to take care of my family and then to open a tennis school in China after her retirement. Her official retirement ceremony (仪式) will be on Sept 30. 【小题1】Why did Li Na decide to give up her tennis career? A．Because of the increasing age. B．Because of the arm injuries. C．Because of the knee injuries. D．Because of the bad performances

【小题2】When did Li Na become the first Asian player with two Slams? A．In 2011. B．In 2012. C．In 2013. D．In 2014.

【小题3】What’s the meaning of the underlined word “outstanding” in Paragraph (段落) 4? A．普通的 B．古怪的 C．杰出的 D．完美的

【小题4】Which is of the following is the writer’s opinion? A．She was the first Chinese player to win a WTA title. B．Li became the first Asian player to ever win a Slam. C．Li is more than a sports superstar.

D．Her official retirement ceremony will be on Sept 30.

17、About five hundred years ago, an earthquake happened in a small village. Luckily for them, it didn’t destroy (毁坏) anything and no one was hurt. But a large stone fell from a nearby mountain and stopped in the middle of the road. When the earthquake stopped, many people came to the road and saw the stone. Some of the strongest men wanted to move it away, they tried again and again but at last they failed. “Well,” they said sadly ,“there’s nothing we can do about it, we’ll have to change the way.” At this time a boy of 12 years old said , “ I think I can move the stone away.” “You?” all the strong men laughed at the boy, “What are you talking about ?”

The next morning people were all surprised to see that the stone was gone. It wasn’t on the road any longer and it wasn’t even near the road. The boy smiled and said “I buried it.”

The people looked rather surprised. “You see,” he said , “I dug (挖) a deep hole next to the stone and I

第 233 页 共 240 页

dug a small incline (斜坡) up to the stone and the stone rolled down into the hole itself. Then I covered it with earth. “The villagers shouted “Clever boy! Clever boy!” and some of them said, “ Why didn’t we think out this good idea ?”

【小题1】Around 500 years ago, this story happened in a small_____________. A．town

B．village C．city D．country

【小题2】 moved the stone out of the road at last . A．An old man B．A young man C．A boy D．Some strong men

【小题3】Finally, the large stone was __________. A. in the earth B. in the house C. in the river D. on the road side

【小4】The underlined word “ buried ” has the same meaning as “____________”. A. moved away B. broke down C. put and covered in the earth D. became smaller 【小题4】From the story, we can see that__________. A．the boy was stronger than the villagers B．the villagers were not clever at all. C．the boy was very good at thinking D．the boy also laughed at the strong men

18、回答问题

CCTV reported that every year Chinese people throw away a lot of food which can feed 200 million people for a year.

Do we have too much food? Of course not. According to the UN World Food Programme, there were 900million hungry people all over the world in 2013. About six million children die of hunger every year. So think about it. We should say no to people who waste food every day. An old saying goes, “Every grain on the plate comes from hard work.” It tells us everybody must save food.

Luckily, a number of people have realized the importance of saving food. Li Hong, a waitress in a restaurant in Jiangsu, once lost her job because she took some leftover(剩余的) food home for her son. But many people were by her side and criticized (批评) the waste of food.

What should we do in our daily life to stop wasting food? We can do many things to prevent it from

第 234 页 共 240 页

happening. Here are some tips:

Don't order too much food in a restaurant. Only order as much as you can eat. If you can’t eat all the food you order, take the rest of it home.

Don’t be too picky(挑剔的) about food. some food may not be tasty, but put body need it. Don’t keep too much food at home, especially for fruit and vegetables. 【小题1】How many hungry people were there over the world in 2013? ____________________________________________________ 【小题2】Why did Li Hong lose her job?

____________________________________________________ 【小题3】What should you do if you can’t eat all the food you ask for? _____________________________________________________ 【小题4】 Can you keep too much food at home?

______________________________________________________ 【小题5】What’s the main idea of the passage?

_____________________________________________________

19、South Korean stars shined brightly at the Opening Ceremony of the 17th Asian Games held here on Friday, Sept. 19 in Inchen(仁川).

Many stars gave shows during the welcoming performance.The most famous K-pop boy group, EXO, performed two songs on stage.Famous actors followed to show up on stage, including Jang Dong-gun, Hyun Bin, and Kim Soo-hyun.Lee Young-ae, the South Korean actress known for volunteering, was the last torchbearer(火炬手) and lighted the cauldron（圣火） with two children.

After the lighting of the flame, 16 more minutes of other K-pop performances were held. JYJ sang the theme song 'Only One' and Psy and Chinese pianist Lang Lang finally performed \"Gangnam Style\" with the 60,000-strong audience.

【小题1】 The Opening Ceremony of the 17th Asian Games was held on _________. A．Sept. 16 B．Sept. 17 C．Sept. 18 D．Sept. 19 【小题2】______ lighted the cauldron at last. A．Jang Dong-gun B．Hyun Bin

C．Kim Soo-hyun D．Lee Young-ae

【小题3】 _________ performed “Gangnam Style” with Psy. A．EXO

第 235 页 共 240 页

B．JYJ C．Lang Lang D．Li Yundi

20、Selena Gomez won Favorite Female Singer at 2014 Kids’ Choice Awards on March 29. It is a very important awards show held every year in America.

Gomez was born on July 22,1992 in Texas. The 22-year-old girl is an all-round star----she not only acts well but also sings a lot of popular songs. At the age of 7, Gomez first played with a purple dinosaur on the TV show Barney and Friends. In 2007, Gomez acted in Wizards of Waverly Place ()，which 《少年魔法师》was a big success. After that, she played different roles in many films and become more and more popular. Gomez made her own band at the age of 17. Fans love her songs because of her beautiful voice. By fan, she has released (发行) three albums (专辑). She also has a good sense of fashion. Gomez wore a beautiful dress at the Kids’ Choice Award. It made her lovely and she shone the whole night.

Charity is an important part in Gomez’s life. In October 2008, she was named UNICEF’s spokes-person （联合国儿童基金会的发言人）for Trick-or-Treat, which encourages children to raise money on Halloween to help poor children around the world. She said that she was excited to encourages other kids to make a difference in the world.

【小题1】The underline word “all-round” means “ ” in Chinese. A．闻名世界的 B．受人尊敬的 C．多才多艺的 D．能言善辩的

【小题2】 was (were) very successful and after that Selena Gomez become more and more popular.

A．Barney and Friends B．Wizards of Waverly Place C．Her three albums D．Her charity activities 【小题3】People like her songs because . A．her voice is beautiful B．she is a movie star C．she looks pretty D．she is lovely

【小题4】We can learn from the last paragraph that Selena Gomez is . A．fond of Halloween

B．helpful to children

C．good at dress up D．talented in music

【小题5】Which of the following is true according to the passage? A．Selene Gomez played a purple dinosaur in Barney and Friends. B．Selene Gomez started a band at the age of 7.

C．Selene Gomez wore a dress on the night of March 29, 2014. D．Selene Gomez loves to spend Halloween with children. 答案

第 236 页 共 240 页

1、

2、

3、

4、

5、

6、

第 237 页 共 240 页

7、

8、

9、

10、

11、

第 238 页 共 240 页

12、

13、

14、

15、

第 239 页 共 240 页

16、

17、

18、

19、

20、

第 240 页 共 240 页